#include "postgres.h"
#include "access/genam.h"
#include "access/htup_details.h"
#include "access/relation.h"
#include "access/sysattr.h"
#include "access/table.h"
#include "access/tableam.h"
#include "access/tupconvert.h"
#include "access/xact.h"
#include "catalog/catalog.h"
#include "catalog/dependency.h"
#include "catalog/indexing.h"
#include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
#include "catalog/partition.h"
#include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
#include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
#include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
#include "commands/trigger.h"
#include "executor/executor.h"
#include "executor/instrument.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "nodes/bitmapset.h"
#include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
#include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
#include "parser/parse_clause.h"
#include "parser/parse_collate.h"
#include "parser/parse_func.h"
#include "parser/parse_relation.h"
#include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
#include "pgstat.h"
#include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
#include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
#include "storage/lmgr.h"
#include "utils/acl.h"
#include "utils/builtins.h"
#include "utils/fmgroids.h"
#include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
#include "utils/inval.h"
#include "utils/lsyscache.h"
#include "utils/memutils.h"
#include "utils/plancache.h"
#include "utils/rel.h"
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
#include "utils/syscache.h"
#include "utils/tuplestore.h"

Include dependency graph for trigger.c:

Data Structures
struct	SetConstraintTriggerData

struct	SetConstraintStateData

struct	AfterTriggerSharedData

struct	AfterTriggerEventData

struct	AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids

struct	AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid

struct	AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids

struct	AfterTriggerEventChunk

struct	AfterTriggerEventList

struct	AfterTriggersData

struct	AfterTriggersQueryData

struct	AfterTriggersTransData

struct	AfterTriggersTableData

Macros
#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET 0x07FFFFFF /* must be low-order bits */

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE 0x80000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS 0x40000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE 0x00000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH 0x20000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID 0x10000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID 0x30000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE 0x08000000

#define	AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS 0x38000000

#define	SizeofTriggerEvent(evt)

#define	GetTriggerSharedData(evt) ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))

#define	CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))

#define	for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)

#define	for_each_event(eptr, cptr)

#define	for_each_event_chunk(eptr, cptr, evtlist) for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)

#define	for_each_chunk_from(cptr) for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)

#define	for_each_event_from(eptr, cptr)

#define	MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024

#define	MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)

Typedefs
typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData	SetConstraintTriggerData

typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData *	SetConstraintTrigger

typedef struct SetConstraintStateData	SetConstraintStateData

typedef SetConstraintStateData *	SetConstraintState

typedef uint32	TriggerFlags

typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData *	AfterTriggerShared

typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData	AfterTriggerSharedData

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData *	AfterTriggerEvent

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData	AfterTriggerEventData

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids	AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid	AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids	AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk	AfterTriggerEventChunk

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList	AfterTriggerEventList

typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData	AfterTriggersQueryData

typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData	AfterTriggersTransData

typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData	AfterTriggersTableData

typedef struct AfterTriggersData	AfterTriggersData

Functions
static void	renametrig_internal (Relation tgrel, Relation targetrel, HeapTuple trigtup, const char newname, const char expected_name)

static void	renametrig_partition (Relation tgrel, Oid partitionId, Oid parentTriggerOid, const char newname, const char expected_name)

static void	SetTriggerFlags (TriggerDesc trigdesc, Trigger trigger)

static bool	GetTupleForTrigger (EState estate, EPQState epqstate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ItemPointer tid, LockTupleMode lockmode, TupleTableSlot oldslot, bool do_epq_recheck, TupleTableSlot *epqslot, TM_Result tmresultp, TM_FailureData *tmfdp)

static bool	TriggerEnabled (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, Trigger trigger, TriggerEvent event, Bitmapset modifiedCols, TupleTableSlot oldslot, TupleTableSlot newslot)

static HeapTuple	ExecCallTriggerFunc (TriggerData trigdata, int tgindx, FmgrInfo finfo, Instrumentation *instr, MemoryContext per_tuple_context)

static void	AfterTriggerSaveEvent (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ResultRelInfo src_partinfo, ResultRelInfo dst_partinfo, int event, bool row_trigger, TupleTableSlot oldslot, TupleTableSlot newslot, List recheckIndexes, Bitmapset modifiedCols, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)

static void	AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState (void)

static bool	before_stmt_triggers_fired (Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)

static HeapTuple	check_modified_virtual_generated (TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)

ObjectAddress	CreateTrigger (const CreateTrigStmt stmt, const char queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition)

ObjectAddress	CreateTriggerFiringOn (const CreateTrigStmt stmt, const char queryString, Oid relOid, Oid refRelOid, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid funcoid, Oid parentTriggerOid, Node *whenClause, bool isInternal, bool in_partition, char trigger_fires_when)

void	TriggerSetParentTrigger (Relation trigRel, Oid childTrigId, Oid parentTrigId, Oid childTableId)

void	RemoveTriggerById (Oid trigOid)

Oid	get_trigger_oid (Oid relid, const char *trigname, bool missing_ok)

static void	RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger (const RangeVar rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void arg)

ObjectAddress	renametrig (RenameStmt *stmt)

void	EnableDisableTrigger (Relation rel, const char *tgname, Oid tgparent, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)

void	RelationBuildTriggers (Relation relation)

TriggerDesc *	CopyTriggerDesc (TriggerDesc *trigdesc)

void	FreeTriggerDesc (TriggerDesc *trigdesc)

const char *	FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance (TriggerDesc *trigdesc)

void	ExecBSInsertTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo)

void	ExecASInsertTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)

bool	ExecBRInsertTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot)

void	ExecARInsertTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TupleTableSlot slot, List recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)

bool	ExecIRInsertTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TupleTableSlot *slot)

void	ExecBSDeleteTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo)

void	ExecASDeleteTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)

bool	ExecBRDeleteTriggers (EState estate, EPQState epqstate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot epqslot, TM_Result tmresult, TM_FailureData *tmfd, bool is_merge_delete)

void	ExecARDeleteTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)

bool	ExecIRDeleteTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, HeapTuple trigtuple)

void	ExecBSUpdateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo)

void	ExecASUpdateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)

bool	ExecBRUpdateTriggers (EState estate, EPQState epqstate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot newslot, TM_Result tmresult, TM_FailureData tmfd, bool is_merge_update)

void	ExecARUpdateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, ResultRelInfo src_partinfo, ResultRelInfo dst_partinfo, ItemPointer tupleid, HeapTuple fdw_trigtuple, TupleTableSlot newslot, List recheckIndexes, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture, bool is_crosspart_update)

bool	ExecIRUpdateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo, HeapTuple trigtuple, TupleTableSlot *newslot)

void	ExecBSTruncateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo)

void	ExecASTruncateTriggers (EState estate, ResultRelInfo relinfo)

static void	AfterTriggerExecute (EState estate, AfterTriggerEvent event, ResultRelInfo relInfo, ResultRelInfo src_relInfo, ResultRelInfo dst_relInfo, TriggerDesc trigdesc, FmgrInfo finfo, Instrumentation instr, MemoryContext per_tuple_context, TupleTableSlot trig_tuple_slot1, TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)

static AfterTriggersTableData *	GetAfterTriggersTableData (Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)

static TupleTableSlot *	GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot (AfterTriggersTableData *table, TupleDesc tupdesc)

static Tuplestorestate *	GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable (int event, TupleTableSlot oldslot, TupleTableSlot newslot, TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)

static void	TransitionTableAddTuple (EState estate, int event, TransitionCaptureState transition_capture, ResultRelInfo relinfo, TupleTableSlot slot, TupleTableSlot original_insert_tuple, Tuplestorestate tuplestore)

static void	AfterTriggerFreeQuery (AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)

static SetConstraintState	SetConstraintStateCreate (int numalloc)

static SetConstraintState	SetConstraintStateCopy (SetConstraintState origstate)

static SetConstraintState	SetConstraintStateAddItem (SetConstraintState state, Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)

static void	cancel_prior_stmt_triggers (Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)

static Tuplestorestate *	GetCurrentFDWTuplestore (void)

static bool	afterTriggerCheckState (AfterTriggerShared evtshared)

static Bitmapset *	afterTriggerCopyBitmap (Bitmapset *src)

static void	afterTriggerAddEvent (AfterTriggerEventList *events, AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)

static void	afterTriggerFreeEventList (AfterTriggerEventList *events)

static void	afterTriggerRestoreEventList (AfterTriggerEventList events, const AfterTriggerEventList old_events)

static void	afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk (AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)

static bool	afterTriggerMarkEvents (AfterTriggerEventList events, AfterTriggerEventList move_list, bool immediate_only)

static bool	afterTriggerInvokeEvents (AfterTriggerEventList events, CommandId firing_id, EState estate, bool delete_ok)

TransitionCaptureState *	MakeTransitionCaptureState (TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)

void	AfterTriggerBeginXact (void)

void	AfterTriggerBeginQuery (void)

void	AfterTriggerEndQuery (EState *estate)

void	AfterTriggerFireDeferred (void)

void	AfterTriggerEndXact (bool isCommit)

void	AfterTriggerBeginSubXact (void)

void	AfterTriggerEndSubXact (bool isCommit)

void	AfterTriggerSetState (ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)

bool	AfterTriggerPendingOnRel (Oid relid)

void	assign_session_replication_role (int newval, void *extra)

Datum	pg_trigger_depth (PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)

Variables
int	SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN

static int	MyTriggerDepth = 0

static AfterTriggersData	afterTriggers

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID 0x10000000

Definition at line 3689 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID 0x30000000

Definition at line 3690 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE 0x08000000

Definition at line 3691 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE 0x80000000

Definition at line 3684 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH 0x20000000

Definition at line 3688 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE 0x00000000

Definition at line 3687 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS 0x40000000

Definition at line 3685 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET 0x07FFFFFF /* must be low-order bits */

Definition at line 3683 of file trigger.c.

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS

#define AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS 0x38000000

Definition at line 3692 of file trigger.c.

◆ CHUNK_DATA_START

#define CHUNK_DATA_START ( cptr ) ((char *) (cptr) + MAXALIGN(sizeof(AfterTriggerEventChunk)))

Definition at line 3772 of file trigger.c.

◆ for_each_chunk

#define for_each_chunk	(	cptr,
		evtlist
	)	for (cptr = (evtlist).head; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)

Definition at line 3783 of file trigger.c.

{
    CommandId   firing_counter; /* next firing ID to assign */
    SetConstraintState state;   /* the active S C state */
    AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* deferred-event list */
    MemoryContext event_cxt;    /* memory context for events, if any */
 
    /* per-query-level data: */
    AfterTriggersQueryData *query_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    int         query_depth;    /* current index in above array */
    int         maxquerydepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
 
    /* per-subtransaction-level data: */
    AfterTriggersTransData *trans_stack;    /* array of structs shown below */
    int         maxtransdepth;  /* allocated len of above array */
} AfterTriggersData;
 
struct AfterTriggersQueryData
{
    AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* events pending from this query */
    Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore;    /* foreign tuples for said events */
    List       *tables;         /* list of AfterTriggersTableData, see below */
};
 
struct AfterTriggersTransData
{
    /* these fields are just for resetting at subtrans abort: */
    SetConstraintState state;   /* saved S C state, or NULL if not yet saved */
    AfterTriggerEventList events;   /* saved list pointer */
    int         query_depth;    /* saved query_depth */
    CommandId   firing_counter; /* saved firing_counter */
};
 
struct AfterTriggersTableData
{
    /* relid + cmdType form the lookup key for these structs: */
    Oid         relid;          /* target table's OID */
    CmdType     cmdType;        /* event type, CMD_INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE */
    bool        closed;         /* true when no longer OK to add tuples */
    bool        before_trig_done;   /* did we already queue BS triggers? */
    bool        after_trig_done;    /* did we already queue AS triggers? */
    AfterTriggerEventList after_trig_events;    /* if so, saved list pointer */
 
    /* "old" transition table for UPDATE/DELETE, if any */
    Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
    /* "new" transition table for INSERT/UPDATE, if any */
    Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
 
    TupleTableSlot *storeslot;  /* for converting to tuplestore's format */
};
 
static AfterTriggersData afterTriggers;
 
static void AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
                                AfterTriggerEvent event,
                                ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
                                ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
                                ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
                                TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
                                FmgrInfo *finfo,
                                Instrumentation *instr,
                                MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
                                TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
                                TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2);
static AfterTriggersTableData *GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid,
                                                         CmdType cmdType);
static TupleTableSlot *GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
                                                 TupleDesc tupdesc);
static Tuplestorestate *GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
                                                        TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
                                                        TupleTableSlot *newslot,
                                                        TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture);
static void TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
                                    int event,
                                    TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
                                    ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                                    TupleTableSlot *slot,
                                    TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
                                    Tuplestorestate *tuplestore);
static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs);
static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc);
static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate);
static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
                                                    Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred);
static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent);
 
 
/*
 * Get the FDW tuplestore for the current trigger query level, creating it
 * if necessary.
 */
static Tuplestorestate *
GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(void)
{
    Tuplestorestate *ret;
 
    ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
    if (ret == NULL)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcxt;
        ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
 
        /*
         * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction.  We really
         * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
         */
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
        saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
        CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
 
        ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
 
        CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
    }
 
    return ret;
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerCheckState()
 *
 *  Returns true if the trigger event is actually in state DEFERRED.
 * ----------
 */
static bool
afterTriggerCheckState(AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
{
    Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    int         i;
 
    /*
     * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
     * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
     */
    if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
     * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
     */
    if (state != NULL)
    {
        /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
        for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
        {
            if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
                return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
        }
 
        /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
        if (state->all_isset)
            return state->all_isdeferred;
    }
 
    /*
     * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
     */
    return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerCopyBitmap()
 *
 * Copy bitmap into AfterTriggerEvents memory context, which is where the after
 * trigger events are kept.
 * ----------
 */
static Bitmapset *
afterTriggerCopyBitmap(Bitmapset *src)
{
    Bitmapset  *dst;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
    if (src == NULL)
        return NULL;
 
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
 
    dst = bms_copy(src);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    return dst;
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerAddEvent()
 *
 *  Add a new trigger event to the specified queue.
 *  The passed-in event data is copied.
 * ----------
 */
static void
afterTriggerAddEvent(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
                     AfterTriggerEvent event, AfterTriggerShared evtshared)
{
    Size        eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
    Size        needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    AfterTriggerShared newshared;
    AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
 
    /*
     * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
     * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
     */
    chunk = events->tail;
    if (chunk == NULL ||
        chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
    {
        Size        chunksize;
 
        /* Create event context if we didn't already */
        if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
            afterTriggers.event_cxt =
                AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
                                      "AfterTriggerEvents",
                                      ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 
        /*
         * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
         * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
         * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
         * shared records using the available space in ate_flags.  Another
         * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
         * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
         * many distinct event types in a chunk.  Therefore, we double the
         * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
         * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it.  This gives us some
         * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
         * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage.  All chunk
         * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
         * records will be aligned safely.
         */
#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
#define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
 
#if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
#error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
#endif
 
        if (chunk == NULL)
            chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
        else
        {
            /* preceding chunk size... */
            chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
            /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
            if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
                (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
                chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
            else
                chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
            chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
        }
        chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
        chunk->next = NULL;
        chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
        chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
        Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
 
        if (events->tail == NULL)
        {
            Assert(events->head == NULL);
            events->head = chunk;
        }
        else
            events->tail->next = chunk;
        events->tail = chunk;
        /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
    }
 
    /*
     * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
     * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
     * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
     */
    for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
         (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
         newshared++)
    {
        /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
        if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
            newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
            newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
            newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
            newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
            newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
            bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
                      evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
            break;
    }
    if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
    {
        newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
        *newshared = *evtshared;
        /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
        newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
        newshared->ats_firing_id = 0;   /* just to be sure */
        chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
    }
 
    /* Insert the data */
    newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
    memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
    /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
    newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
    newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
 
    chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
    events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerFreeEventList()
 *
 *  Free all the event storage in the given list.
 * ----------
 */
static void
afterTriggerFreeEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events)
{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
    while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
    {
        events->head = chunk->next;
        pfree(chunk);
    }
    events->tail = NULL;
    events->tailfree = NULL;
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerRestoreEventList()
 *
 *  Restore an event list to its prior length, removing all the events
 *  added since it had the value old_events.
 * ----------
 */
static void
afterTriggerRestoreEventList(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
                             const AfterTriggerEventList *old_events)
{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
 
    if (old_events->tail == NULL)
    {
        /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
        afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
    }
    else
    {
        *events = *old_events;
        /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
        for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
        {
            next_chunk = chunk->next;
            pfree(chunk);
        }
        /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
        events->tail->next = NULL;
        events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
 
        /*
         * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
         * They might still be useful, anyway.
         */
    }
}
 
/* ----------
 * afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()
 *
 *  Remove the first chunk of events from the query level's event list.
 *  Keep any event list pointers elsewhere in the query level's data
 *  structures in sync.
 * ----------
 */
static void
afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    Assert(target && target->next);
 
    /*
     * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
     * dangling.  Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
     * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
     */
    foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
 
        if (table->after_trig_done &&
            table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
        {
            table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
            table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
            table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
        }
    }
 
    /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
    qs->events.head = target->next;
    pfree(target);
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerExecute()
 *
 *  Fetch the required tuples back from the heap and fire one
 *  single trigger function.
 *
 *  Frequently, this will be fired many times in a row for triggers of
 *  a single relation.  Therefore, we cache the open relation and provide
 *  fmgr lookup cache space at the caller level.  (For triggers fired at
 *  the end of a query, we can even piggyback on the executor's state.)
 *
 *  When fired for a cross-partition update of a partitioned table, the old
 *  tuple is fetched using 'src_relInfo' (the source leaf partition) and
 *  the new tuple using 'dst_relInfo' (the destination leaf partition), though
 *  both are converted into the root partitioned table's format before passing
 *  to the trigger function.
 *
 *  event: event currently being fired.
 *  relInfo: result relation for event.
 *  src_relInfo: source partition of a cross-partition update
 *  dst_relInfo: its destination partition
 *  trigdesc: working copy of rel's trigger info.
 *  finfo: array of fmgr lookup cache entries (one per trigger in trigdesc).
 *  instr: array of EXPLAIN ANALYZE instrumentation nodes (one per trigger),
 *      or NULL if no instrumentation is wanted.
 *  per_tuple_context: memory context to call trigger function in.
 *  trig_tuple_slot1: scratch slot for tg_trigtuple (foreign tables only)
 *  trig_tuple_slot2: scratch slot for tg_newtuple (foreign tables only)
 * ----------
 */
static void
AfterTriggerExecute(EState *estate,
                    AfterTriggerEvent event,
                    ResultRelInfo *relInfo,
                    ResultRelInfo *src_relInfo,
                    ResultRelInfo *dst_relInfo,
                    TriggerDesc *trigdesc,
                    FmgrInfo *finfo, Instrumentation *instr,
                    MemoryContext per_tuple_context,
                    TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot1,
                    TupleTableSlot *trig_tuple_slot2)
{
    Relation    rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    Relation    src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    Relation    dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    Oid         save_rolid;
    int         save_sec_context;
    HeapTuple   rettuple;
    int         tgindx;
    bool        should_free_trig = false;
    bool        should_free_new = false;
 
    /*
     * Locate trigger in trigdesc.  It might not be present, and in fact the
     * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
     * queued.  In that case, silently do nothing.
     */
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
    {
        if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
            break;
        }
    }
    if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
        return;
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
     * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
 
    /*
     * Fetch the required tuple(s).
     */
    switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
    {
        case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
            {
                Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
 
                if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
                                             trig_tuple_slot1))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
 
                if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
                    TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
                    !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
                                             trig_tuple_slot2))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
            }
            pg_fallthrough;
        case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
 
            /*
             * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
             * tuplestore memory.  (It is formally possible for the trigger
             * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
             * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.)  The
             * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
             * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
             * context, in the slot anyway.
             */
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
                ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
 
            if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
                TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
            }
            break;
 
        default:
            if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
            {
                TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
                                                                 src_relInfo);
 
                if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
                                                   &(event->ate_ctid1),
                                                   SnapshotAny,
                                                   src_slot))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
 
                /*
                 * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
                 * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
                 */
                if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
                {
                    TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
 
                    LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
                    if (map)
                    {
                        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                              src_slot,
                                              LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
                    }
                    else
                        ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
                }
                else
                    LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
                LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
            }
 
            /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
            if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
                 (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
                ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
            {
                TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
                                                                 dst_relInfo);
 
                if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
                                                   &(event->ate_ctid2),
                                                   SnapshotAny,
                                                   dst_slot))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
 
                /*
                 * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
                 * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
                 * needed.
                 */
                if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
                {
                    TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
 
                    LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
                    if (map)
                    {
                        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                              dst_slot,
                                              LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
                    }
                    else
                        ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
                }
                else
                    LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
            }
    }
 
    /*
     * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
     * transition tables.  When we first make a transition table available to
     * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore.  If any
     * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
     * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
     */
    LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
    if (evtshared->ats_table)
    {
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_tuplestore;
            evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
        }
 
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_tuplestore;
            evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Setup the remaining trigger information
     */
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event =
        evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
    if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
        LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
 
    MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
 
    /*
     * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
     * queued.  Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
     * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
     * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
     */
    GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
    if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
                               save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
 
    /*
     * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
     * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
     */
    rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                   tgindx,
                                   finfo,
                                   NULL,
                                   per_tuple_context);
    if (rettuple != NULL &&
        rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
        rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
        heap_freetuple(rettuple);
 
    /* Restore the current role if necessary */
    if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
 
    /*
     * Release resources
     */
    if (should_free_trig)
        heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
    if (should_free_new)
        heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
 
    /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
    if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
    {
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
            ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
            ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    }
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
     * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
}
 
 
/*
 * afterTriggerMarkEvents()
 *
 *  Scan the given event list for not yet invoked events.  Mark the ones
 *  that can be invoked now with the current firing ID.
 *
 *  If move_list isn't NULL, events that are not to be invoked now are
 *  transferred to move_list.
 *
 *  When immediate_only is true, do not invoke currently-deferred triggers.
 *  (This will be false only at main transaction exit.)
 *
 *  Returns true if any invokable events were found.
 */
static bool
afterTriggerMarkEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
                       AfterTriggerEventList *move_list,
                       bool immediate_only)
{
    bool        found = false;
    bool        deferred_found = false;
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
    for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
    {
        AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
        bool        defer_it = false;
 
        if (!(event->ate_flags &
              (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
        {
            /*
             * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
             * should call it now.
             */
            if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
            {
                defer_it = true;
            }
            else
            {
                /*
                 * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
                 */
                evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                found = true;
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
         */
        if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
        {
            deferred_found = true;
            /* add it to move_list */
            afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
            /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
            event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
     * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
     * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers.  For now, don't bother.
     */
    if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
 
    return found;
}
 
/*
 * afterTriggerInvokeEvents()
 *
 *  Scan the given event list for events that are marked as to be fired
 *  in the current firing cycle, and fire them.
 *
 *  If estate isn't NULL, we use its result relation info to avoid repeated
 *  openings and closing of trigger target relations.  If it is NULL, we
 *  make one locally to cache the info in case there are multiple trigger
 *  events per rel.
 *
 *  When delete_ok is true, it's safe to delete fully-processed events.
 *  (We are not very tense about that: we simply reset a chunk to be empty
 *  if all its events got fired.  The objective here is just to avoid useless
 *  rescanning of events when a trigger queues new events during transaction
 *  end, so it's not necessary to worry much about the case where only
 *  some events are fired.)
 *
 *  Returns true if no unfired events remain in the list (this allows us
 *  to avoid repeating afterTriggerMarkEvents).
 */
static bool
afterTriggerInvokeEvents(AfterTriggerEventList *events,
                         CommandId firing_id,
                         EState *estate,
                         bool delete_ok)
{
    bool        all_fired = true;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
    bool        local_estate = false;
    ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
    Relation    rel = NULL;
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
    FmgrInfo   *finfo = NULL;
    Instrumentation *instr = NULL;
    TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
               *slot2 = NULL;
 
    /* Make a local EState if need be */
    if (estate == NULL)
    {
        estate = CreateExecutorState();
        local_estate = true;
    }
 
    /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
    per_tuple_context =
        AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
                              "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 
    for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
    {
        AfterTriggerEvent event;
        bool        all_fired_in_chunk = true;
 
        for_each_event(event, chunk)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            /*
             * Is it one for me to fire?
             */
            if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
                evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
            {
                ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
                           *dst_rInfo;
 
                /*
                 * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
                 * this is not the same relation as before.
                 */
                if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
                {
                    rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
                                                    NULL);
                    rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
                    /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
                    Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
                    trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
                    /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
                    finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
                    instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
                    if (slot1 != NULL)
                    {
                        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
                        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
                        slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
                    }
                    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
                    {
                        slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
                                                         &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
                        slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
                                                         &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
                    }
                }
 
                /*
                 * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
                 * cross-partition update event.
                 */
                if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
                    AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
                {
                    Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
                           OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
                    src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
                                                        event->ate_src_part,
                                                        rInfo);
                    dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
                                                        event->ate_dst_part,
                                                        rInfo);
                }
                else
                    src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
 
                /*
                 * Fire it.  Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
                 * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
                 * won't try to re-fire it.
                 */
                AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
                                    src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
                                    trigdesc, finfo, instr,
                                    per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
 
                /*
                 * Mark the event as done.
                 */
                event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
            }
            else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
            {
                /* something remains to be done */
                all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
            }
        }
 
        /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
        if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
        {
            chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
            chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
 
            /*
             * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too.  Note
             * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
             * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
             * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
             */
            if (chunk == events->tail)
                events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
        }
    }
    if (slot1 != NULL)
    {
        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    }
 
    /* Release working resources */
    MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
 
    if (local_estate)
    {
        ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
        ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
        FreeExecutorState(estate);
    }
 
    return all_fired;
}
 
 
/*
 * GetAfterTriggersTableData
 *
 * Find or create an AfterTriggersTableData struct for the specified
 * trigger event (relation + operation type).  Ignore existing structs
 * marked "closed"; we don't want to put any additional tuples into them,
 * nor change their stmt-triggers-fired state.
 *
 * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list is allocated in the current
 * (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext.  This is OK because
 * we don't need it to live past AfterTriggerEndQuery.
 */
static AfterTriggersTableData *
GetAfterTriggersTableData(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
{
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* At this level, cmdType should not be, eg, CMD_MERGE */
    Assert(cmdType == CMD_INSERT ||
           cmdType == CMD_UPDATE ||
           cmdType == CMD_DELETE);
 
    /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
           afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    {
        table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
        if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
            !table->closed)
            return table;
    }
 
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
 
    table = palloc0_object(AfterTriggersTableData);
    table->relid = relid;
    table->cmdType = cmdType;
    qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    return table;
}
 
/*
 * Returns a TupleTableSlot suitable for holding the tuples to be put
 * into AfterTriggersTableData's transition table tuplestores.
 */
static TupleTableSlot *
GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(AfterTriggersTableData *table,
                          TupleDesc tupdesc)
{
    /* Create it if not already done. */
    if (!table->storeslot)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
        /*
         * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
         * last till end-of-subxact is good enough.  It'll be freed by
         * AfterTriggerFreeQuery().  However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
         * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
         */
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
        tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
        table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    }
 
    return table->storeslot;
}
 
/*
 * MakeTransitionCaptureState
 *
 * Make a TransitionCaptureState object for the given TriggerDesc, target
 * relation, and operation type.  The TCS object holds all the state needed
 * to decide whether to capture tuples in transition tables.
 *
 * If there are no triggers in 'trigdesc' that request relevant transition
 * tables, then return NULL.
 *
 * The resulting object can be passed to the ExecAR* functions.  When
 * dealing with child tables, the caller can set tcs_original_insert_tuple
 * to avoid having to reconstruct the original tuple in the root table's
 * format.
 *
 * Note that we copy the flags from a parent table into this struct (rather
 * than subsequently using the relation's TriggerDesc directly) so that we can
 * use it to control collection of transition tuples from child tables.
 *
 * Per SQL spec, all operations of the same kind (INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE)
 * on the same table during one query should share one transition table.
 * Therefore, the Tuplestores are owned by an AfterTriggersTableData struct
 * looked up using the table OID + CmdType, and are merely referenced by
 * the TransitionCaptureState objects we hand out to callers.
 */
TransitionCaptureState *
MakeTransitionCaptureState(TriggerDesc *trigdesc, Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
{
    TransitionCaptureState *state;
    bool        need_old_upd,
                need_new_upd,
                need_old_del,
                need_new_ins;
    AfterTriggersTableData *ins_table;
    AfterTriggersTableData *upd_table;
    AfterTriggersTableData *del_table;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
    ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return NULL;
 
    /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
    switch (cmdType)
    {
        case CMD_INSERT:
            need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
            need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
            break;
        case CMD_UPDATE:
            need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
            need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
            need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
        case CMD_DELETE:
            need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
            need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
        case CMD_MERGE:
            need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
            need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
            need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
            need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
            /* keep compiler quiet */
            need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
    }
    if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
        return NULL;
 
    /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * Find or create AfterTriggersTableData struct(s) to hold the
     * tuplestore(s).  If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
     * ignore it; we need a newer one.
     *
     * Note: MERGE must use the same AfterTriggersTableData structs as INSERT,
     * UPDATE, and DELETE, so that any MERGE'd tuples are added to the same
     * tuplestores as tuples from any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE commands
     * running in the same top-level command (e.g., in a writable CTE).
     *
     * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
     * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
     * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
     * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
     * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
     * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
     */
    if (need_new_ins)
        ins_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_INSERT);
    else
        ins_table = NULL;
 
    if (need_old_upd || need_new_upd)
        upd_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_UPDATE);
    else
        upd_table = NULL;
 
    if (need_old_del)
        del_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_DELETE);
    else
        del_table = NULL;
 
    /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
 
    if (need_old_upd && upd_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
        upd_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_new_upd && upd_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
        upd_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_old_del && del_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
        del_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_new_ins && ins_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
        ins_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
 
    CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
    state = palloc0_object(TransitionCaptureState);
    state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
    state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
    state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
    state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
    state->tcs_insert_private = ins_table;
    state->tcs_update_private = upd_table;
    state->tcs_delete_private = del_table;
 
    return state;
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerBeginXact()
 *
 *  Called at transaction start (either BEGIN or implicit for single
 *  statement outside of transaction block).
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerBeginXact(void)
{
    /*
     * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
     */
    afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1;   /* mustn't be 0 */
    afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
 
    /*
     * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining.  If these assertions
     * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
     * up properly.
     */
    Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
    Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerBeginQuery()
 *
 *  Called just before we start processing a single query within a
 *  transaction (or subtransaction).  Most of the real work gets deferred
 *  until somebody actually tries to queue a trigger event.
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerBeginQuery(void)
{
    /* Increase the query stack depth */
    afterTriggers.query_depth++;
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerEndQuery()
 *
 *  Called after one query has been completely processed. At this time
 *  we invoke all AFTER IMMEDIATE trigger events queued by the query, and
 *  transfer deferred trigger events to the global deferred-trigger list.
 *
 *  Note that this must be called BEFORE closing down the executor
 *  with ExecutorEnd, because we make use of the EState's info about
 *  target relations.  Normally it is called from ExecutorFinish.
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerEndQuery(EState *estate)
{
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
 
    /* Must be inside a query, too */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
 
    /*
     * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
     * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
     */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    {
        afterTriggers.query_depth--;
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
     * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
     *
     * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
     * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired.  This ensures
     * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
     * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
     * to fire.
     *
     * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
     * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
     * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level.  Foreign key
     * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
     * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot().  Other
     * C-language triggers might do likewise.
     *
     * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
     * firing_counter.
     */
    qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    for (;;)
    {
        if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
        {
            CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
            AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
 
            if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
                break;          /* all fired */
 
            /*
             * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
             * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
             * call.  Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
             * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
             * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
             */
            qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
            /*
             * We'll need to scan the events list again.  To reduce the cost
             * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks.  We know that
             * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
             * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
             * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
             * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks.  So, zap all
             * chunks before oldtail.  This is approximately the same set of
             * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
             */
            Assert(oldtail != NULL);
            while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
                afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
        }
        else
            break;
    }
 
    /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
    AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
 
    afterTriggers.query_depth--;
}
 
 
/*
 * AfterTriggerFreeQuery
 *  Release subsidiary storage for a trigger query level.
 *  This includes closing down tuplestores.
 *  Note: it's important for this to be safe if interrupted by an error
 *  and then called again for the same query level.
 */
static void
AfterTriggerFreeQuery(AfterTriggersQueryData *qs)
{
    Tuplestorestate *ts;
    List       *tables;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* Drop the trigger events */
    afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
 
    /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
    ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
    qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    if (ts)
        tuplestore_end(ts);
 
    /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
    tables = qs->tables;
    foreach(lc, tables)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
 
        ts = table->old_tuplestore;
        table->old_tuplestore = NULL;
        if (ts)
            tuplestore_end(ts);
        ts = table->new_tuplestore;
        table->new_tuplestore = NULL;
        if (ts)
            tuplestore_end(ts);
        if (table->storeslot)
        {
            TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
 
            table->storeslot = NULL;
            ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells.  Reset list
     * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
     * that storage than have an infinite loop.
     */
    qs->tables = NIL;
    list_free_deep(tables);
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerFireDeferred()
 *
 *  Called just before the current transaction is committed. At this
 *  time we invoke all pending DEFERRED triggers.
 *
 *  It is possible for other modules to queue additional deferred triggers
 *  during pre-commit processing; therefore xact.c may have to call this
 *  multiple times.
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerFireDeferred(void)
{
    AfterTriggerEventList *events;
    bool        snap_pushed = false;
 
    /* Must not be inside a query */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
 
    /*
     * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
     * them to use.  (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
     * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
     */
    events = &afterTriggers.events;
    if (events->head != NULL)
    {
        PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
        snap_pushed = true;
    }
 
    /*
     * Run all the remaining triggers.  Loop until they are all gone, in case
     * some trigger queues more for us to do.
     */
    while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
    {
        CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
 
        if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true))
            break;              /* all fired */
    }
 
    /*
     * We don't bother freeing the event list, since it will go away anyway
     * (and more efficiently than via pfree) in AfterTriggerEndXact.
     */
 
    if (snap_pushed)
        PopActiveSnapshot();
}
 
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerEndXact()
 *
 *  The current transaction is finishing.
 *
 *  Any unfired triggers are canceled so we simply throw
 *  away anything we know.
 *
 *  Note: it is possible for this to be called repeatedly in case of
 *  error during transaction abort; therefore, do not complain if
 *  already closed down.
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerEndXact(bool isCommit)
{
    /*
     * Forget the pending-events list.
     *
     * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
     * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory.  However, the
     * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
     * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
     * of memory for the list!
     */
    if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
    {
        MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
        afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
    }
 
    /*
     * Forget any subtransaction state as well.  Since this can't be very
     * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
     * memory instead of doing it here.
     */
    afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
    afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
 
 
    /*
     * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information.  As
     * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
     * memory here.
     */
    afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
    afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
    afterTriggers.state = NULL;
 
    /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
    afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
}
 
/*
 * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()
 *
 *  Start a subtransaction.
 */
void
AfterTriggerBeginSubXact(void)
{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
 
    /*
     * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed.  (Note: because the
     * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
     * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
     */
    while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    {
        if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
        {
            /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
            afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
                MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
                                   8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
            afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
        }
        else
        {
            /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
            int         new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
 
            afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
                repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
                         new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
            afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Push the current information into the stack.  The SET CONSTRAINTS state
     * is not saved until/unless changed.  Likewise, we don't make a
     * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
     */
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
}
 
/*
 * AfterTriggerEndSubXact()
 *
 *  The current subtransaction is ending.
 */
void
AfterTriggerEndSubXact(bool isCommit)
{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    SetConstraintState state;
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    CommandId   subxact_firing_id;
 
    /*
     * Pop the prior state if needed.
     */
    if (isCommit)
    {
        Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
        /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
        state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
        if (state != NULL)
            pfree(state);
        /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
        Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
               afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Aborting.  It is possible subxact start failed before calling
         * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
         * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
         */
        if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
            return;
 
        /*
         * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
         * query_depth to its pre-subxact value.  This assumes that a
         * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
         * earlier transaction state.
         */
        while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
        {
            if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
                AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
            afterTriggers.query_depth--;
        }
        Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
               afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
 
        /*
         * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
         * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
         */
        afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
                                     &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
 
        /*
         * Restore the trigger state.  If the saved state is NULL, then this
         * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
         */
        state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
        if (state != NULL)
        {
            pfree(afterTriggers.state);
            afterTriggers.state = state;
        }
        /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
 
        /*
         * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
         * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
         * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
         * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
         * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
         * subxacts started after it.)
         */
        subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
        for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            if (event->ate_flags &
                (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
            {
                if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
                    event->ate_flags &=
                        ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
            }
        }
    }
}
 
/*
 * Get the transition table for the given event and depending on whether we are
 * processing the old or the new tuple.
 */
static Tuplestorestate *
GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(int event,
                                TupleTableSlot *oldslot,
                                TupleTableSlot *newslot,
                                TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture)
{
    Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
    bool        delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
    bool        update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
    bool        update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
    bool        insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
 
    /*
     * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
     * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
     * non-NULL.  But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
     * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
     * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
     * row being deleted.
     */
    Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
             TupIsNull(oldslot)));
    Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
             TupIsNull(newslot)));
 
    if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    {
        Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
        if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private->old_tuplestore;
        else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->old_tuplestore;
    }
    else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    {
        Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
        if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private->new_tuplestore;
        else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->new_tuplestore;
    }
 
    return tuplestore;
}
 
/*
 * Add the given heap tuple to the given tuplestore, applying the conversion
 * map if necessary.
 *
 * If original_insert_tuple is given, we can add that tuple without conversion.
 */
static void
TransitionTableAddTuple(EState *estate,
                        int event,
                        TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
                        ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                        TupleTableSlot *slot,
                        TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple,
                        Tuplestorestate *tuplestore)
{
    TupleConversionMap *map;
 
    /*
     * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
     */
    if (tuplestore == NULL)
        return;
 
    if (original_insert_tuple)
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
    else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table;
        TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
 
        switch (event)
        {
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
                break;
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
                break;
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
                break;
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
                table = NULL;   /* keep compiler quiet */
                break;
        }
 
        storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
    }
    else
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
}
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()
 *
 *  Prepare the necessary state so that we can record AFTER trigger events
 *  queued by a query.  It is allowed to have nested queries within a
 *  (sub)transaction, so we need to have separate state for each query
 *  nesting level.
 * ----------
 */
static void
AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(void)
{
    int         init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
 
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
 
    if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
    {
        int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
            MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
                               new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
        afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    }
    else
    {
        /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
        int         old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
        int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
                                    old_alloc * 2);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
            repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
                     new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
        afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    }
 
    /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
    while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    {
        AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
 
        qs->events.head = NULL;
        qs->events.tail = NULL;
        qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
        qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
        qs->tables = NIL;
 
        ++init_depth;
    }
}
 
/*
 * Create an empty SetConstraintState with room for numalloc trigstates
 */
static SetConstraintState
SetConstraintStateCreate(int numalloc)
{
    SetConstraintState state;
 
    /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
    if (numalloc <= 0)
        numalloc = 1;
 
    /*
     * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
     */
    state = (SetConstraintState)
        MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
                               offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
                               numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
 
    state->numalloc = numalloc;
 
    return state;
}
 
/*
 * Copy a SetConstraintState
 */
static SetConstraintState
SetConstraintStateCopy(SetConstraintState origstate)
{
    SetConstraintState state;
 
    state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
 
    state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
    state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
    state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
    memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
           origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
 
    return state;
}
 
/*
 * Add a per-trigger item to a SetConstraintState.  Returns possibly-changed
 * pointer to the state object (it will change if we have to repalloc).
 */
static SetConstraintState
SetConstraintStateAddItem(SetConstraintState state,
                          Oid tgoid, bool tgisdeferred)
{
    if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
    {
        int         newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
 
        newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8);    /* in case original has size 0 */
        state = (SetConstraintState)
            repalloc(state,
                     offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
                     newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
        state->numalloc = newalloc;
        Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
    }
 
    state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
    state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
    state->numstates++;
 
    return state;
}
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerSetState()
 *
 *  Execute the SET CONSTRAINTS ... utility command.
 * ----------
 */
void
AfterTriggerSetState(ConstraintsSetStmt *stmt)
{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
 
    /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
    if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
        afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
 
    /*
     * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
     * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
     */
    if (my_level > 1 &&
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
    {
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
            SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
    }
 
    /*
     * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
     */
    if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
    {
        /*
         * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
         */
        afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
 
        /*
         * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
         */
        afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
        afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    }
    else
    {
        Relation    conrel;
        Relation    tgrel;
        List       *conoidlist = NIL;
        List       *tgoidlist = NIL;
        ListCell   *lc;
 
        /*
         * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
         *
         * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
         * OIDs.  Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
         * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
         * necessarily unique.  Our strategy is to target all matching
         * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
         * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
         * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
         *
         * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
         * constraints in the partitions.  Grab those too.
         */
        conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
        foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
        {
            RangeVar   *constraint = lfirst(lc);
            bool        found;
            List       *namespacelist;
            ListCell   *nslc;
 
            if (constraint->catalogname)
            {
                if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
                                    constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
                                    constraint->relname)));
            }
 
            /*
             * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
             * in that schema.  If given a bare constraint name, use the
             * search path to find the first matching constraint.
             */
            if (constraint->schemaname)
            {
                Oid         namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
                                                                  false);
 
                namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
            }
            else
            {
                namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
            }
 
            found = false;
            foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
            {
                Oid         namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
                SysScanDesc conscan;
                ScanKeyData skey[2];
                HeapTuple   tup;
 
                ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                            Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
                            BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                            CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
                ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
                            Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
                            BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                            ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
 
                conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
                                             true, NULL, 2, skey);
 
                while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
                {
                    Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
                    if (con->condeferrable)
                        conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
                    else if (stmt->deferred)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                                 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
                                        constraint->relname)));
                    found = true;
                }
 
                systable_endscan(conscan);
 
                /*
                 * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
                 * later parts of the search path.
                 */
                if (found)
                    break;
            }
 
            list_free(namespacelist);
 
            /*
             * Not found ?
             */
            if (!found)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                         errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
                                constraint->relname)));
        }
 
        /*
         * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints.  We append
         * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
         * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
         * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
         */
        foreach(lc, conoidlist)
        {
            Oid         parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
            ScanKeyData key;
            SysScanDesc scan;
            HeapTuple   tuple;
 
            ScanKeyInit(&key,
                        Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
                        BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                        ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
 
            scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
 
            while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
            {
                Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
                conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
            }
 
            systable_endscan(scan);
        }
 
        table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
 
        /*
         * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
         * and make a list of their OIDs.
         */
        tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
        foreach(lc, conoidlist)
        {
            Oid         conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
            ScanKeyData skey;
            SysScanDesc tgscan;
            HeapTuple   htup;
 
            ScanKeyInit(&skey,
                        Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
                        BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                        ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
 
            tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
                                        NULL, 1, &skey);
 
            while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
            {
                Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
 
                /*
                 * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
                 * pg_trigger.  This is not an error condition, since a
                 * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
                 * actions.
                 */
                if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
                    tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
            }
 
            systable_endscan(tgscan);
        }
 
        table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
 
        /*
         * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
         * xact.
         */
        foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
        {
            Oid         tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
            SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
            bool        found = false;
            int         i;
 
            for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
            {
                if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
                {
                    state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
                    found = true;
                    break;
                }
            }
            if (!found)
            {
                afterTriggers.state =
                    SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
            }
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
     * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
     * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
     * apply retroactively.  We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
     * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
     * immediate.
     *
     * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
     * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
     */
    if (!stmt->deferred)
    {
        AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
        bool        snapshot_set = false;
 
        while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
        {
            CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
 
            /*
             * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
             * functions need one.  Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
             * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
             * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
             * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly.  (If we are
             * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
             * events to be queued yet.)
             */
            if (!snapshot_set)
            {
                PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                snapshot_set = true;
            }
 
            /*
             * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
             * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
             * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
             */
            if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
                                         !IsSubTransaction()))
                break;          /* all fired */
        }
 
        if (snapshot_set)
            PopActiveSnapshot();
    }
}
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()
 *      Test to see if there are any pending after-trigger events for rel.
 *
 * This is used by TRUNCATE, CLUSTER, ALTER TABLE, etc to detect whether
 * it is unsafe to perform major surgery on a relation.  Note that only
 * local pending events are examined.  We assume that having exclusive lock
 * on a rel guarantees there are no unserviced events in other backends ---
 * but having a lock does not prevent there being such events in our own.
 *
 * In some scenarios it'd be reasonable to remove pending events (more
 * specifically, mark them DONE by the current subxact) but without a lot
 * of knowledge of the trigger semantics we can't do this in general.
 * ----------
 */
bool
AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(Oid relid)
{
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    int         depth;
 
    /* Scan queued events */
    for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    {
        AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
        /*
         * We can ignore completed events.  (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
         * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
         * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
         */
        if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
            continue;
 
        if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
            return true;
    }
 
    /*
     * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries.  This could only matter
     * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
     * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
     */
    for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
    {
        for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
                continue;
 
            if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
                return true;
        }
    }
 
    return false;
}
 
/* ----------
 * AfterTriggerSaveEvent()
 *
 *  Called by ExecA[RS]...Triggers() to queue up the triggers that should
 *  be fired for an event.
 *
 *  NOTE: this is called whenever there are any triggers associated with
 *  the event (even if they are disabled).  This function decides which
 *  triggers actually need to be queued.  It is also called after each row,
 *  even if there are no triggers for that event, if there are any AFTER
 *  STATEMENT triggers for the statement which use transition tables, so that
 *  the transition tuplestores can be built.  Furthermore, if the transition
 *  capture is happening for UPDATEd rows being moved to another partition due
 *  to the partition-key being changed, then this function is called once when
 *  the row is deleted (to capture OLD row), and once when the row is inserted
 *  into another partition (to capture NEW row).  This is done separately because
 *  DELETE and INSERT happen on different tables.
 *
 *  Transition tuplestores are built now, rather than when events are pulled
 *  off of the queue because AFTER ROW triggers are allowed to select from the
 *  transition tables for the statement.
 *
 *  This contains special support to queue the update events for the case where
 *  a partitioned table undergoing a cross-partition update may have foreign
 *  keys pointing into it.  Normally, a partitioned table's row triggers are
 *  not fired because the leaf partition(s) which are modified as a result of
 *  the operation on the partitioned table contain the same triggers which are
 *  fired instead. But that general scheme can cause problematic behavior with
 *  foreign key triggers during cross-partition updates, which are implemented
 *  as DELETE on the source partition followed by INSERT into the destination
 *  partition.  Specifically, firing DELETE triggers would lead to the wrong
 *  foreign key action to be enforced considering that the original command is
 *  UPDATE; in this case, this function is called with relinfo as the
 *  partitioned table, and src_partinfo and dst_partinfo referring to the
 *  source and target leaf partitions, respectively.
 *
 *  is_crosspart_update is true either when a DELETE event is fired on the
 *  source partition (which is to be ignored) or an UPDATE event is fired on
 *  the root partitioned table.
 * ----------
 */
static void
AfterTriggerSaveEvent(EState *estate, ResultRelInfo *relinfo,
                      ResultRelInfo *src_partinfo,
                      ResultRelInfo *dst_partinfo,
                      int event, bool row_trigger,
                      TupleTableSlot *oldslot, TupleTableSlot *newslot,
                      List *recheckIndexes, Bitmapset *modifiedCols,
                      TransitionCaptureState *transition_capture,
                      bool is_crosspart_update)
{
    Relation    rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
    AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
    char        relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
    int         tgtype_event;
    int         tgtype_level;
    int         i;
    Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Check state.  We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
     * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
     * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
     */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
     * then we need to capture transition tuples.
     */
    if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
 
        /*
         * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
         * the event.
         */
        if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
        {
            Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
 
            old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
                                                             oldslot,
                                                             NULL,
                                                             transition_capture);
            TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
                                    oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
        }
 
        /*
         * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
         * the event.
         */
        if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
        {
            Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
 
            new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
                                                             NULL,
                                                             newslot,
                                                             transition_capture);
            TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
                                    newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
        }
 
        /*
         * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
         * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
         * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
         * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
         * to be NULL.
         */
        if (trigdesc == NULL ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
            return;
    }
 
    /*
     * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
     * except in the special case of a cross-partition update.  In that case,
     * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
     * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
     * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
     */
    Assert(!row_trigger ||
           rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
           (is_crosspart_update &&
            TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
            src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
 
    /*
     * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
     *
     * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
     * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
     * arrays.
     *
     * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
     * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
     * if so.  This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
     * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
     */
    switch (event)
    {
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot != NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_INSERT, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot != NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_DELETE, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot != NULL);
                Assert(newslot != NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
 
                /*
                 * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
                 * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
                 */
                if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                {
                    Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
                    new_event.ate_src_part =
                        RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
                    new_event.ate_dst_part =
                        RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
                }
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_UPDATE, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
            Assert(oldslot == NULL);
            Assert(newslot == NULL);
            ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
            ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
            tgtype_event = 0;   /* keep compiler quiet */
            break;
    }
 
    /* Determine flags */
    if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
    {
        if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
        {
            if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
            else
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
        }
        else
            new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
    }
 
    /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
 
    tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
 
    /*
     * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
     * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
     * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
     */
    if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
        TupleConversionMap *map;
 
        rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
        map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
        if (map)
            oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                            oldslot,
                                            rootslot);
        else
            oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
 
        rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
        map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
        if (map)
            newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                            newslot,
                                            rootslot);
        else
            newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
    }
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  tgtype_level,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
                                  tgtype_event))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
                            modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
            continue;
 
        if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
        {
            if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
            {
                fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
            }
            else
                /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
        }
 
        /*
         * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
         * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
         * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
         * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
         * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
         */
        if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
        {
            switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
            {
                case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
 
                    /*
                     * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
                     * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
                     * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
                     * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
                     * update event that will be fired on the root
                     * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
                     * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
                     */
                    if (is_crosspart_update &&
                        TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
                        trigger->tgisclone)
                        continue;
 
                    /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
                    if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
                                                       oldslot, newslot))
                    {
                        /* skip queuing this event */
                        continue;
                    }
                    break;
 
                case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
 
                    /*
                     * Update on trigger's FK table.  We can skip the update
                     * event fired on a partitioned table during a
                     * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
                     * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
                     * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
                     * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
                     * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
                     * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
                     * a partitioned table.
                     */
                    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
                        !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
                                                       oldslot, newslot))
                    {
                        /* skip queuing this event */
                        continue;
                    }
                    break;
 
                case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
 
                    /*
                     * Not an FK trigger.  No need to queue the update event
                     * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
                     * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
                     * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
                     * part of this update and the events fired on them are
                     * queued instead.
                     */
                    if (row_trigger &&
                        rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                        continue;
                    break;
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
         * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
         * we know from index insertion time.
         */
        if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
        {
            if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
                continue;       /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
        }
 
        /*
         * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
         * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
         * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
         */
        new_shared.ats_event =
            (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
            (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
            (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
            (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
        new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
        new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
        new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
        new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
        if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
            transition_capture != NULL)
        {
            switch (event)
            {
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
                    break;
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
                    break;
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
                    break;
                default:
                    /* Must be TRUNCATE, see switch above */
                    new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
                    break;
            }
        }
        else
            new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
        new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
 
        afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
                             &new_event, &new_shared);
    }
 
    /*
     * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s).  The tuplestore squashes them to
     * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns.  The executor lost
     * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
     */
    if (fdw_tuplestore)
    {
        if (oldslot != NULL)
            tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
        if (newslot != NULL)
            tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
    }
}
 
/*
 * Detect whether we already queued BEFORE STATEMENT triggers for the given
 * relation + operation, and set the flag so the next call will report "true".
 */
static bool
before_stmt_triggers_fired(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType)
{
    bool        result;
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
 
    /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
     * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
     * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
     * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
     * statement triggers to get queued.
     */
    table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    result = table->before_trig_done;
    table->before_trig_done = true;
    return result;
}
 
/*
 * If we previously queued a set of AFTER STATEMENT triggers for the given
 * relation + operation, and they've not been fired yet, cancel them.  The
 * caller will queue a fresh set that's after any row-level triggers that may
 * have been queued by the current sub-statement, preserving (as much as
 * possible) the property that AFTER ROW triggers fire before AFTER STATEMENT
 * triggers, and that the latter only fire once.  This deals with the
 * situation where several FK enforcement triggers sequentially queue triggers
 * for the same table into the same trigger query level.  We can't fully
 * prevent odd behavior though: if there are AFTER ROW triggers taking
 * transition tables, we don't want to change the transition tables once the
 * first such trigger has seen them.  In such a case, any additional events
 * will result in creating new transition tables and allowing new firings of
 * statement triggers.
 *
 * This also saves the current event list location so that a later invocation
 * of this function can cheaply find the triggers we're about to queue and
 * cancel them.
 */
static void
cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(Oid relid, CmdType cmdType, int tgevent)
{
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    /*
     * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
     * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
     * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
     * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
     * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
     */
    table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
 
    if (table->after_trig_done)
    {
        /*
         * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
         * before we inserted any statement triggers.  But the events list
         * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
         * current head.
         */
        AfterTriggerEvent event;
        AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
        if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
        {
            chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
            event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
        }
        else
        {
            chunk = qs->events.head;
            event = NULL;
        }
 
        for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
        {
            if (event == NULL)
                event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
            for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
            {
                AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
                /*
                 * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
                 * the target relation.
                 */
                if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
                    goto done;
                if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
                    goto done;
                if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
                    goto done;
                if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
                    goto done;
                /* OK, mark it DONE */
                event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
            }
            /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
            event = NULL;
        }
    }
done:
 
    /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
    table->after_trig_done = true;
    table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
}
 
/*
 * GUC assign_hook for session_replication_role
 */
void
assign_session_replication_role(int newval, void *extra)
{
    /*
     * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
     * flush unnecessarily.
     */
    if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
        ResetPlanCache();
}
 
/*
 * SQL function pg_trigger_depth()
 */
Datum
pg_trigger_depth(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
{
    PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
}
 
/*
 * Check whether a trigger modified a virtual generated column and replace the
 * value with null if so.
 *
 * We need to check this so that we don't end up storing a non-null value in a
 * virtual generated column.
 *
 * We don't need to check for stored generated columns, since those will be
 * overwritten later anyway.
 */
static HeapTuple
check_modified_virtual_generated(TupleDesc tupdesc, HeapTuple tuple)
{
    if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
        return tuple;
 
    for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
    {
        if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
        {
            if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
            {
                int         replCol = i + 1;
                Datum       replValue = 0;
                bool        replIsnull = true;
 
                tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
            }
        }
    }
 
    return tuple;
}

◆ for_each_chunk_from

#define for_each_chunk_from ( cptr ) for (; cptr != NULL; cptr = cptr->next)

Definition at line 3794 of file trigger.c.

◆ for_each_event

#define for_each_event	(	eptr,
		cptr
	)

Value:

    for (eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(cptr); \
         (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
         eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))

Definition at line 3785 of file trigger.c.

◆ for_each_event_chunk

#define for_each_event_chunk	(	eptr,
		cptr,
		evtlist
	)	for_each_chunk(cptr, evtlist) for_each_event(eptr, cptr)

Definition at line 3790 of file trigger.c.

◆ for_each_event_from

#define for_each_event_from	(	eptr,
		cptr
	)

Value:

    for (; \
         (char *) eptr < (cptr)->freeptr; \
         eptr = (AfterTriggerEvent) (((char *) eptr) + SizeofTriggerEvent(eptr)))

Definition at line 3796 of file trigger.c.

◆ GetTriggerSharedData

#define GetTriggerSharedData ( evt ) ((AfterTriggerShared) ((char *) (evt) + ((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET)))

Definition at line 3753 of file trigger.c.

◆ MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

#define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)

◆ MIN_CHUNK_SIZE

#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024

◆ SizeofTriggerEvent

#define SizeofTriggerEvent ( evt )

Value:

    (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE ? \
	 sizeof(AfterTriggerEventData) : \
     (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
      sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
      (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))

Definition at line 3744 of file trigger.c.

                                   : \
     (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ? \
	  sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids) : \
      (((evt)->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID ? \
       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid) : \
       sizeof(AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids))))

Typedef Documentation

◆ AfterTriggerEvent

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData* AfterTriggerEvent

Definition at line 3706 of file trigger.c.

◆ AfterTriggerEventChunk

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventChunk AfterTriggerEventChunk

◆ AfterTriggerEventData

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventData AfterTriggerEventData

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids

◆ AfterTriggerEventList

typedef struct AfterTriggerEventList AfterTriggerEventList

◆ AfterTriggersData

typedef struct AfterTriggersData AfterTriggersData

◆ AfterTriggerShared

typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData* AfterTriggerShared

Definition at line 3693 of file trigger.c.

◆ AfterTriggerSharedData

typedef struct AfterTriggerSharedData AfterTriggerSharedData

◆ AfterTriggersQueryData

typedef struct AfterTriggersQueryData AfterTriggersQueryData

Definition at line 3877 of file trigger.c.

◆ AfterTriggersTableData

typedef struct AfterTriggersTableData AfterTriggersTableData

Definition at line 3879 of file trigger.c.

◆ AfterTriggersTransData

typedef struct AfterTriggersTransData AfterTriggersTransData

Definition at line 3878 of file trigger.c.

◆ SetConstraintState

typedef SetConstraintStateData* SetConstraintState

Definition at line 3636 of file trigger.c.

◆ SetConstraintStateData

typedef struct SetConstraintStateData SetConstraintStateData

◆ SetConstraintTrigger

typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData* SetConstraintTrigger

Definition at line 3615 of file trigger.c.

◆ SetConstraintTriggerData

typedef struct SetConstraintTriggerData SetConstraintTriggerData

◆ TriggerFlags

typedef uint32 TriggerFlags

Definition at line 3681 of file trigger.c.

Function Documentation

◆ afterTriggerAddEvent()

static void afterTriggerAddEvent	(	AfterTriggerEventList *	events,
		AfterTriggerEvent	event,
		AfterTriggerShared	evtshared
	)

static

Definition at line 4079 of file trigger.c.

{
    Size        eventsize = SizeofTriggerEvent(event);
    Size        needed = eventsize + sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData);
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    AfterTriggerShared newshared;
    AfterTriggerEvent newevent;
 
    /*
     * If empty list or not enough room in the tail chunk, make a new chunk.
     * We assume here that a new shared record will always be needed.
     */
    chunk = events->tail;
    if (chunk == NULL ||
        chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr < needed)
    {
        Size        chunksize;
 
        /* Create event context if we didn't already */
        if (afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL)
            afterTriggers.event_cxt =
                AllocSetContextCreate(TopTransactionContext,
                                      "AfterTriggerEvents",
                                      ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 
        /*
         * Chunk size starts at 1KB and is allowed to increase up to 1MB.
         * These numbers are fairly arbitrary, though there is a hard limit at
         * AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET; else we couldn't link event records to their
         * shared records using the available space in ate_flags.  Another
         * constraint is that if the chunk size gets too huge, the search loop
         * below would get slow given a (not too common) usage pattern with
         * many distinct event types in a chunk.  Therefore, we double the
         * preceding chunk size only if there weren't too many shared records
         * in the preceding chunk; otherwise we halve it.  This gives us some
         * ability to adapt to the actual usage pattern of the current query
         * while still having large chunk sizes in typical usage.  All chunk
         * sizes used should be MAXALIGN multiples, to ensure that the shared
         * records will be aligned safely.
         */
#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE 1024
#define MAX_CHUNK_SIZE (1024*1024)
 
#if MAX_CHUNK_SIZE > (AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET+1)
#error MAX_CHUNK_SIZE must not exceed AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET
#endif
 
        if (chunk == NULL)
            chunksize = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
        else
        {
            /* preceding chunk size... */
            chunksize = chunk->endptr - (char *) chunk;
            /* check number of shared records in preceding chunk */
            if ((chunk->endptr - chunk->endfree) <=
                (100 * sizeof(AfterTriggerSharedData)))
                chunksize *= 2; /* okay, double it */
            else
                chunksize /= 2; /* too many shared records */
            chunksize = Min(chunksize, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE);
        }
        chunk = MemoryContextAlloc(afterTriggers.event_cxt, chunksize);
        chunk->next = NULL;
        chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
        chunk->endptr = chunk->endfree = (char *) chunk + chunksize;
        Assert(chunk->endfree - chunk->freeptr >= needed);
 
        if (events->tail == NULL)
        {
            Assert(events->head == NULL);
            events->head = chunk;
        }
        else
            events->tail->next = chunk;
        events->tail = chunk;
        /* events->tailfree is now out of sync, but we'll fix it below */
    }
 
    /*
     * Try to locate a matching shared-data record already in the chunk. If
     * none, make a new one. The search begins with the most recently added
     * record, since newer ones are most likely to match.
     */
    for (newshared = (AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree;
         (char *) newshared < chunk->endptr;
         newshared++)
    {
        /* compare fields roughly by probability of them being different */
        if (newshared->ats_tgoid == evtshared->ats_tgoid &&
            newshared->ats_event == evtshared->ats_event &&
            newshared->ats_firing_id == 0 &&
            newshared->ats_table == evtshared->ats_table &&
            newshared->ats_relid == evtshared->ats_relid &&
            newshared->ats_rolid == evtshared->ats_rolid &&
            bms_equal(newshared->ats_modifiedcols,
                      evtshared->ats_modifiedcols))
            break;
    }
    if ((char *) newshared >= chunk->endptr)
    {
        newshared = ((AfterTriggerShared) chunk->endfree) - 1;
        *newshared = *evtshared;
        /* now we must make a suitably-long-lived copy of the bitmap */
        newshared->ats_modifiedcols = afterTriggerCopyBitmap(evtshared->ats_modifiedcols);
        newshared->ats_firing_id = 0;   /* just to be sure */
        chunk->endfree = (char *) newshared;
    }
 
    /* Insert the data */
    newevent = (AfterTriggerEvent) chunk->freeptr;
    memcpy(newevent, event, eventsize);
    /* ... and link the new event to its shared record */
    newevent->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET;
    newevent->ate_flags |= (char *) newshared - (char *) newevent;
 
    chunk->freeptr += eventsize;
    events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
}

References afterTriggerCopyBitmap(), afterTriggers, ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, Assert, bms_equal(), CHUNK_DATA_START, AfterTriggersData::event_cxt, fb(), AfterTriggerEventList::head, MAX_CHUNK_SIZE, MemoryContextAlloc(), Min, MIN_CHUNK_SIZE, AfterTriggerEventChunk::next, SizeofTriggerEvent, AfterTriggerEventList::tail, AfterTriggerEventList::tailfree, and TopTransactionContext.

Referenced by afterTriggerMarkEvents(), and AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ AfterTriggerBeginQuery()

void AfterTriggerBeginQuery ( void )

Definition at line 5117 of file trigger.c.

{
    /* Increase the query stack depth */
    afterTriggers.query_depth++;
}

References afterTriggers, and AfterTriggersData::query_depth.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), create_edata_for_relation(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), and standard_ExecutorStart().

◆ AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()

void AfterTriggerBeginSubXact ( void )

Definition at line 5392 of file trigger.c.

{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
 
    /*
     * Allocate more space in the trans_stack if needed.  (Note: because the
     * minimum nest level of a subtransaction is 2, we waste the first couple
     * entries of the array; not worth the notational effort to avoid it.)
     */
    while (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
    {
        if (afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0)
        {
            /* Arbitrarily initialize for max of 8 subtransaction levels */
            afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
                MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
                                   8 * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
            afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 8;
        }
        else
        {
            /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
            int         new_alloc = afterTriggers.maxtransdepth * 2;
 
            afterTriggers.trans_stack = (AfterTriggersTransData *)
                repalloc(afterTriggers.trans_stack,
                         new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersTransData));
            afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = new_alloc;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Push the current information into the stack.  The SET CONSTRAINTS state
     * is not saved until/unless changed.  Likewise, we don't make a
     * per-subtransaction event context until needed.
     */
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events = afterTriggers.events;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth = afterTriggers.query_depth;
    afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
}

References afterTriggers, AfterTriggersData::events, AfterTriggersTransData::events, fb(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, AfterTriggersTransData::firing_counter, GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel(), AfterTriggersData::maxtransdepth, MemoryContextAlloc(), AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersTransData::query_depth, repalloc(), AfterTriggersTransData::state, TopTransactionContext, and AfterTriggersData::trans_stack.

Referenced by StartSubTransaction().

◆ AfterTriggerBeginXact()

void AfterTriggerBeginXact ( void )

Definition at line 5085 of file trigger.c.

{
    /*
     * Initialize after-trigger state structure to empty
     */
    afterTriggers.firing_counter = (CommandId) 1;   /* mustn't be 0 */
    afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
 
    /*
     * Verify that there is no leftover state remaining.  If these assertions
     * trip, it means that AfterTriggerEndXact wasn't called or didn't clean
     * up properly.
     */
    Assert(afterTriggers.state == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_stack == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0);
    Assert(afterTriggers.event_cxt == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.events.head == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.trans_stack == NULL);
    Assert(afterTriggers.maxtransdepth == 0);
}

References afterTriggers, Assert, AfterTriggersData::event_cxt, AfterTriggersData::events, fb(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, AfterTriggerEventList::head, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::maxtransdepth, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, AfterTriggersData::state, and AfterTriggersData::trans_stack.

Referenced by StartTransaction().

◆ afterTriggerCheckState()

static bool afterTriggerCheckState ( AfterTriggerShared evtshared )

static

Definition at line 4009 of file trigger.c.

{
    Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
    int         i;
 
    /*
     * For not-deferrable triggers (i.e. normal AFTER ROW triggers and
     * constraints declared NOT DEFERRABLE), the state is always false.
     */
    if ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) == 0)
        return false;
 
    /*
     * If constraint state exists, SET CONSTRAINTS might have been executed
     * either for this trigger or for all triggers.
     */
    if (state != NULL)
    {
        /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS for this specific trigger. */
        for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
        {
            if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
                return state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred;
        }
 
        /* Check for SET CONSTRAINTS ALL. */
        if (state->all_isset)
            return state->all_isdeferred;
    }
 
    /*
     * Otherwise return the default state for the trigger.
     */
    return ((evtshared->ats_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED) != 0);
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE, AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED, afterTriggers, fb(), i, and AfterTriggersData::state.

Referenced by afterTriggerMarkEvents().

◆ afterTriggerCopyBitmap()

static Bitmapset * afterTriggerCopyBitmap ( Bitmapset * src )

static

Definition at line 4054 of file trigger.c.

{
    Bitmapset  *dst;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
    if (src == NULL)
        return NULL;
 
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
 
    dst = bms_copy(src);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    return dst;
}

References afterTriggers, bms_copy(), AfterTriggersData::event_cxt, fb(), and MemoryContextSwitchTo().

Referenced by afterTriggerAddEvent().

◆ afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()

static void afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk ( AfterTriggersQueryData * qs )

static

Definition at line 4267 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *target = qs->events.head;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    Assert(target && target->next);
 
    /*
     * First, update any pointers in the per-table data, so that they won't be
     * dangling.  Resetting obsoleted pointers to NULL will make
     * cancel_prior_stmt_triggers start from the list head, which is fine.
     */
    foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
 
        if (table->after_trig_done &&
            table->after_trig_events.tail == target)
        {
            table->after_trig_events.head = NULL;
            table->after_trig_events.tail = NULL;
            table->after_trig_events.tailfree = NULL;
        }
    }
 
    /* Now we can flush the head chunk */
    qs->events.head = target->next;
    pfree(target);
}

References Assert, fb(), lfirst, AfterTriggerEventChunk::next, pfree(), and table.

Referenced by AfterTriggerEndQuery().

◆ AfterTriggerEndQuery()

void AfterTriggerEndQuery ( EState * estate )

Definition at line 5137 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
 
    /* Must be inside a query, too */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0);
 
    /*
     * If we never even got as far as initializing the event stack, there
     * certainly won't be any events, so exit quickly.
     */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    {
        afterTriggers.query_depth--;
        return;
    }
 
    /*
     * Process all immediate-mode triggers queued by the query, and move the
     * deferred ones to the main list of deferred events.
     *
     * Notice that we decide which ones will be fired, and put the deferred
     * ones on the main list, before anything is actually fired.  This ensures
     * reasonably sane behavior if a trigger function does SET CONSTRAINTS ...
     * IMMEDIATE: all events we have decided to defer will be available for it
     * to fire.
     *
     * We loop in case a trigger queues more events at the same query level.
     * Ordinary trigger functions, including all PL/pgSQL trigger functions,
     * will instead fire any triggers in a dedicated query level.  Foreign key
     * enforcement triggers do add to the current query level, thanks to their
     * passing fire_triggers = false to SPI_execute_snapshot().  Other
     * C-language triggers might do likewise.
     *
     * If we find no firable events, we don't have to increment
     * firing_counter.
     */
    qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    for (;;)
    {
        if (afterTriggerMarkEvents(&qs->events, &afterTriggers.events, true))
        {
            CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
            AfterTriggerEventChunk *oldtail = qs->events.tail;
 
            if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(&qs->events, firing_id, estate, false))
                break;          /* all fired */
 
            /*
             * Firing a trigger could result in query_stack being repalloc'd,
             * so we must recalculate qs after each afterTriggerInvokeEvents
             * call.  Furthermore, it's unsafe to pass delete_ok = true here,
             * because that could cause afterTriggerInvokeEvents to try to
             * access qs->events after the stack has been repalloc'd.
             */
            qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
            /*
             * We'll need to scan the events list again.  To reduce the cost
             * of doing so, get rid of completely-fired chunks.  We know that
             * all events were marked IN_PROGRESS or DONE at the conclusion of
             * afterTriggerMarkEvents, so any still-interesting events must
             * have been added after that, and so must be in the chunk that
             * was then the tail chunk, or in later chunks.  So, zap all
             * chunks before oldtail.  This is approximately the same set of
             * events we would have gotten rid of by passing delete_ok = true.
             */
            Assert(oldtail != NULL);
            while (qs->events.head != oldtail)
                afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(qs);
        }
        else
            break;
    }
 
    /* Release query-level-local storage, including tuplestores if any */
    AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
 
    afterTriggers.query_depth--;
}

References afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk(), AfterTriggerFreeQuery(), afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), afterTriggerMarkEvents(), afterTriggers, Assert, AfterTriggersData::events, fb(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, and AfterTriggersData::query_stack.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecuteTruncateGuts(), finish_edata(), and standard_ExecutorFinish().

◆ AfterTriggerEndSubXact()

void AfterTriggerEndSubXact ( bool isCommit )

Definition at line 5440 of file trigger.c.

{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
    SetConstraintState state;
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    CommandId   subxact_firing_id;
 
    /*
     * Pop the prior state if needed.
     */
    if (isCommit)
    {
        Assert(my_level < afterTriggers.maxtransdepth);
        /* If we saved a prior state, we don't need it anymore */
        state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
        if (state != NULL)
            pfree(state);
        /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
        Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
               afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * Aborting.  It is possible subxact start failed before calling
         * AfterTriggerBeginSubXact, in which case we mustn't risk touching
         * trans_stack levels that aren't there.
         */
        if (my_level >= afterTriggers.maxtransdepth)
            return;
 
        /*
         * Release query-level storage for queries being aborted, and restore
         * query_depth to its pre-subxact value.  This assumes that a
         * subtransaction will not add events to query levels started in a
         * earlier transaction state.
         */
        while (afterTriggers.query_depth > afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth)
        {
            if (afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
                AfterTriggerFreeQuery(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth]);
            afterTriggers.query_depth--;
        }
        Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth ==
               afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].query_depth);
 
        /*
         * Restore the global deferred-event list to its former length,
         * discarding any events queued by the subxact.
         */
        afterTriggerRestoreEventList(&afterTriggers.events,
                                     &afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].events);
 
        /*
         * Restore the trigger state.  If the saved state is NULL, then this
         * subxact didn't save it, so it doesn't need restoring.
         */
        state = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state;
        if (state != NULL)
        {
            pfree(afterTriggers.state);
            afterTriggers.state = state;
        }
        /* this avoids double pfree if error later: */
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state = NULL;
 
        /*
         * Scan for any remaining deferred events that were marked DONE or IN
         * PROGRESS by this subxact or a child, and un-mark them. We can
         * recognize such events because they have a firing ID greater than or
         * equal to the firing_counter value we saved at subtransaction start.
         * (This essentially assumes that the current subxact includes all
         * subxacts started after it.)
         */
        subxact_firing_id = afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].firing_counter;
        for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            if (event->ate_flags &
                (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS))
            {
                if (evtshared->ats_firing_id >= subxact_firing_id)
                    event->ate_flags &=
                        ~(AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS);
            }
        }
    }
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE, AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS, AfterTriggerFreeQuery(), afterTriggerRestoreEventList(), afterTriggers, Assert, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_flags, AfterTriggersData::events, AfterTriggersTransData::events, fb(), AfterTriggersTransData::firing_counter, for_each_event_chunk, GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel(), GetTriggerSharedData, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::maxtransdepth, pfree(), AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersTransData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, AfterTriggersData::state, AfterTriggersTransData::state, and AfterTriggersData::trans_stack.

Referenced by AbortSubTransaction(), and CommitSubTransaction().

◆ AfterTriggerEndXact()

void AfterTriggerEndXact ( bool isCommit )

Definition at line 5344 of file trigger.c.

{
    /*
     * Forget the pending-events list.
     *
     * Since all the info is in TopTransactionContext or children thereof, we
     * don't really need to do anything to reclaim memory.  However, the
     * pending-events list could be large, and so it's useful to discard it as
     * soon as possible --- especially if we are aborting because we ran out
     * of memory for the list!
     */
    if (afterTriggers.event_cxt)
    {
        MemoryContextDelete(afterTriggers.event_cxt);
        afterTriggers.event_cxt = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.head = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.tail = NULL;
        afterTriggers.events.tailfree = NULL;
    }
 
    /*
     * Forget any subtransaction state as well.  Since this can't be very
     * large, we let the eventual reset of TopTransactionContext free the
     * memory instead of doing it here.
     */
    afterTriggers.trans_stack = NULL;
    afterTriggers.maxtransdepth = 0;
 
 
    /*
     * Forget the query stack and constraint-related state information.  As
     * with the subtransaction state information, we don't bother freeing the
     * memory here.
     */
    afterTriggers.query_stack = NULL;
    afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = 0;
    afterTriggers.state = NULL;
 
    /* No more afterTriggers manipulation until next transaction starts. */
    afterTriggers.query_depth = -1;
}

References afterTriggers, AfterTriggersData::event_cxt, AfterTriggersData::events, fb(), AfterTriggerEventList::head, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::maxtransdepth, MemoryContextDelete(), AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, AfterTriggersData::state, AfterTriggerEventList::tail, AfterTriggerEventList::tailfree, and AfterTriggersData::trans_stack.

Referenced by AbortTransaction(), CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().

◆ AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()

static void AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState ( void )

static

Definition at line 5646 of file trigger.c.

{
    int         init_depth = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
 
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
 
    if (afterTriggers.maxquerydepth == 0)
    {
        int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1, 8);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
            MemoryContextAlloc(TopTransactionContext,
                               new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
        afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    }
    else
    {
        /* repalloc will keep the stack in the same context */
        int         old_alloc = afterTriggers.maxquerydepth;
        int         new_alloc = Max(afterTriggers.query_depth + 1,
                                    old_alloc * 2);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack = (AfterTriggersQueryData *)
            repalloc(afterTriggers.query_stack,
                     new_alloc * sizeof(AfterTriggersQueryData));
        afterTriggers.maxquerydepth = new_alloc;
    }
 
    /* Initialize new array entries to empty */
    while (init_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
    {
        AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[init_depth];
 
        qs->events.head = NULL;
        qs->events.tail = NULL;
        qs->events.tailfree = NULL;
        qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
        qs->tables = NIL;
 
        ++init_depth;
    }
}

References afterTriggers, Assert, AfterTriggersQueryData::events, fb(), AfterTriggerEventList::head, Max, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, MemoryContextAlloc(), NIL, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, repalloc(), and TopTransactionContext.

Referenced by AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), before_stmt_triggers_fired(), and MakeTransitionCaptureState().

◆ AfterTriggerExecute()

static void AfterTriggerExecute	(	EState *	estate,
		AfterTriggerEvent	event,
		ResultRelInfo *	relInfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	src_relInfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	dst_relInfo,
		TriggerDesc *	trigdesc,
		FmgrInfo *	finfo,
		Instrumentation *	instr,
		MemoryContext	per_tuple_context,
		TupleTableSlot *	trig_tuple_slot1,
		TupleTableSlot *	trig_tuple_slot2
	)

static

Definition at line 4329 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    rel = relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    Relation    src_rel = src_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    Relation    dst_rel = dst_relInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
    Oid         tgoid = evtshared->ats_tgoid;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    Oid         save_rolid;
    int         save_sec_context;
    HeapTuple   rettuple;
    int         tgindx;
    bool        should_free_trig = false;
    bool        should_free_new = false;
 
    /*
     * Locate trigger in trigdesc.  It might not be present, and in fact the
     * trigdesc could be NULL, if the trigger was dropped since the event was
     * queued.  In that case, silently do nothing.
     */
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    for (tgindx = 0; tgindx < trigdesc->numtriggers; tgindx++)
    {
        if (trigdesc->triggers[tgindx].tgoid == tgoid)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = &(trigdesc->triggers[tgindx]);
            break;
        }
    }
    if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger == NULL)
        return;
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger. We want
     * to include time spent re-fetching tuples in the trigger cost.
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
 
    /*
     * Fetch the required tuple(s).
     */
    switch (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS)
    {
        case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH:
            {
                Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
 
                if (!tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
                                             trig_tuple_slot1))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
 
                if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
                    TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE &&
                    !tuplestore_gettupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, true, false,
                                             trig_tuple_slot2))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
            }
            pg_fallthrough;
        case AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE:
 
            /*
             * Store tuple in the slot so that tg_trigtuple does not reference
             * tuplestore memory.  (It is formally possible for the trigger
             * function to queue trigger events that add to the same
             * tuplestore, which can push other tuples out of memory.)  The
             * distinction is academic, because we start with a minimal tuple
             * that is stored as a heap tuple, constructed in different memory
             * context, in the slot anyway.
             */
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = trig_tuple_slot1;
            LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
                ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot1, true, &should_free_trig);
 
            if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) ==
                TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = trig_tuple_slot2;
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(trig_tuple_slot2, true, &should_free_new);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
            }
            break;
 
        default:
            if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid1)))
            {
                TupleTableSlot *src_slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate,
                                                                 src_relInfo);
 
                if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(src_rel,
                                                   &(event->ate_ctid1),
                                                   SnapshotAny,
                                                   src_slot))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple1 for AFTER trigger");
 
                /*
                 * Store the tuple fetched from the source partition into the
                 * target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if needed.
                 */
                if (src_relInfo != relInfo)
                {
                    TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_relInfo);
 
                    LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relInfo);
                    if (map)
                    {
                        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                              src_slot,
                                              LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
                    }
                    else
                        ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, src_slot);
                }
                else
                    LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = src_slot;
                LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot, false, &should_free_trig);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = NULL;
            }
 
            /* don't touch ctid2 if not there */
            if (((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) == AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID ||
                 (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)) &&
                ItemPointerIsValid(&(event->ate_ctid2)))
            {
                TupleTableSlot *dst_slot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate,
                                                                 dst_relInfo);
 
                if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(dst_rel,
                                                   &(event->ate_ctid2),
                                                   SnapshotAny,
                                                   dst_slot))
                    elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple2 for AFTER trigger");
 
                /*
                 * Store the tuple fetched from the destination partition into
                 * the target (root partitioned) table slot, converting if
                 * needed.
                 */
                if (dst_relInfo != relInfo)
                {
                    TupleConversionMap *map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_relInfo);
 
                    LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relInfo);
                    if (map)
                    {
                        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                              dst_slot,
                                              LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
                    }
                    else
                        ExecCopySlot(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, dst_slot);
                }
                else
                    LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = dst_slot;
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple =
                    ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot, false, &should_free_new);
            }
            else
            {
                LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = NULL;
            }
    }
 
    /*
     * Set up the tuplestore information to let the trigger have access to
     * transition tables.  When we first make a transition table available to
     * a trigger, mark it "closed" so that it cannot change anymore.  If any
     * additional events of the same type get queued in the current trigger
     * query level, they'll go into new transition tables.
     */
    LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = NULL;
    if (evtshared->ats_table)
    {
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgoldtable)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_oldtable = evtshared->ats_table->old_tuplestore;
            evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
        }
 
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgnewtable)
        {
            LocTriggerData.tg_newtable = evtshared->ats_table->new_tuplestore;
            evtshared->ats_table->closed = true;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Setup the remaining trigger information
     */
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event =
        evtshared->ats_event & (TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW);
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = rel;
    if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(LocTriggerData.tg_trigger->tgtype))
        LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = evtshared->ats_modifiedcols;
 
    MemoryContextReset(per_tuple_context);
 
    /*
     * If necessary, become the role that was active when the trigger got
     * queued.  Note that the role might have been dropped since the trigger
     * was queued, but if that is a problem, we will get an error later.
     * Checking here would still leave a race condition.
     */
    GetUserIdAndSecContext(&save_rolid, &save_sec_context);
    if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(evtshared->ats_rolid,
                               save_sec_context | SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE);
 
    /*
     * Call the trigger and throw away any possibly returned updated tuple.
     * (Don't let ExecCallTriggerFunc measure EXPLAIN time.)
     */
    rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                   tgindx,
                                   finfo,
                                   NULL,
                                   per_tuple_context);
    if (rettuple != NULL &&
        rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple &&
        rettuple != LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple)
        heap_freetuple(rettuple);
 
    /* Restore the current role if necessary */
    if (save_rolid != evtshared->ats_rolid)
        SetUserIdAndSecContext(save_rolid, save_sec_context);
 
    /*
     * Release resources
     */
    if (should_free_trig)
        heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple);
    if (should_free_new)
        heap_freetuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple);
 
    /* don't clear slots' contents if foreign table */
    if (trig_tuple_slot1 == NULL)
    {
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot)
            ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot);
        if (LocTriggerData.tg_newslot)
            ExecClearTuple(LocTriggerData.tg_newslot);
    }
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
     * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID, AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE, AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH, AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE, AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_ctid1, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_ctid2, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_flags, TupleConversionMap::attrMap, elog, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecClearTuple(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecGetChildToRootMap(), ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(), GetTriggerSharedData, GetUserIdAndSecContext(), heap_freetuple(), InstrStartNode(), InstrStopNode(), ItemPointerIsValid(), MemoryContextReset(), TriggerDesc::numtriggers, pg_fallthrough, SECURITY_LOCAL_USERID_CHANGE, SetUserIdAndSecContext(), SnapshotAny, table_tuple_fetch_row_version(), Trigger::tgoid, TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, TriggerDesc::triggers, and tuplestore_gettupleslot().

Referenced by afterTriggerInvokeEvents().

◆ AfterTriggerFireDeferred()

void AfterTriggerFireDeferred ( void )

Definition at line 5288 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggerEventList *events;
    bool        snap_pushed = false;
 
    /* Must not be inside a query */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth == -1);
 
    /*
     * If there are any triggers to fire, make sure we have set a snapshot for
     * them to use.  (Since PortalRunUtility doesn't set a snap for COMMIT, we
     * can't assume ActiveSnapshot is valid on entry.)
     */
    events = &afterTriggers.events;
    if (events->head != NULL)
    {
        PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
        snap_pushed = true;
    }
 
    /*
     * Run all the remaining triggers.  Loop until they are all gone, in case
     * some trigger queues more for us to do.
     */
    while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, false))
    {
        CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
 
        if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL, true))
            break;              /* all fired */
    }
 
    /*
     * We don't bother freeing the event list, since it will go away anyway
     * (and more efficiently than via pfree) in AfterTriggerEndXact.
     */
 
    if (snap_pushed)
        PopActiveSnapshot();
}

References afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), afterTriggerMarkEvents(), afterTriggers, Assert, AfterTriggersData::events, fb(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, GetTransactionSnapshot(), AfterTriggerEventList::head, PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), and AfterTriggersData::query_depth.

Referenced by CommitTransaction(), and PrepareTransaction().

◆ afterTriggerFreeEventList()

static void afterTriggerFreeEventList ( AfterTriggerEventList * events )

static

Definition at line 4206 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
    while ((chunk = events->head) != NULL)
    {
        events->head = chunk->next;
        pfree(chunk);
    }
    events->tail = NULL;
    events->tailfree = NULL;
}

References fb(), AfterTriggerEventList::head, AfterTriggerEventChunk::next, pfree(), AfterTriggerEventList::tail, and AfterTriggerEventList::tailfree.

Referenced by AfterTriggerFreeQuery(), and afterTriggerRestoreEventList().

◆ AfterTriggerFreeQuery()

static void AfterTriggerFreeQuery ( AfterTriggersQueryData * qs )

static

Definition at line 5228 of file trigger.c.

{
    Tuplestorestate *ts;
    List       *tables;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* Drop the trigger events */
    afterTriggerFreeEventList(&qs->events);
 
    /* Drop FDW tuplestore if any */
    ts = qs->fdw_tuplestore;
    qs->fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
    if (ts)
        tuplestore_end(ts);
 
    /* Release per-table subsidiary storage */
    tables = qs->tables;
    foreach(lc, tables)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
 
        ts = table->old_tuplestore;
        table->old_tuplestore = NULL;
        if (ts)
            tuplestore_end(ts);
        ts = table->new_tuplestore;
        table->new_tuplestore = NULL;
        if (ts)
            tuplestore_end(ts);
        if (table->storeslot)
        {
            TupleTableSlot *slot = table->storeslot;
 
            table->storeslot = NULL;
            ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * Now free the AfterTriggersTableData structs and list cells.  Reset list
     * pointer first; if list_free_deep somehow gets an error, better to leak
     * that storage than have an infinite loop.
     */
    qs->tables = NIL;
    list_free_deep(tables);
}

References afterTriggerFreeEventList(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), fb(), lfirst, list_free_deep(), NIL, table, and tuplestore_end().

Referenced by AfterTriggerEndQuery(), and AfterTriggerEndSubXact().

◆ afterTriggerInvokeEvents()

static bool afterTriggerInvokeEvents	(	AfterTriggerEventList *	events,
		CommandId	firing_id,
		EState *	estate,
		bool	delete_ok
	)

static

Definition at line 4699 of file trigger.c.

{
    bool        all_fired = true;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    MemoryContext per_tuple_context;
    bool        local_estate = false;
    ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
    Relation    rel = NULL;
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = NULL;
    FmgrInfo   *finfo = NULL;
    Instrumentation *instr = NULL;
    TupleTableSlot *slot1 = NULL,
               *slot2 = NULL;
 
    /* Make a local EState if need be */
    if (estate == NULL)
    {
        estate = CreateExecutorState();
        local_estate = true;
    }
 
    /* Make a per-tuple memory context for trigger function calls */
    per_tuple_context =
        AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
                              "AfterTriggerTupleContext",
                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
 
    for_each_chunk(chunk, *events)
    {
        AfterTriggerEvent event;
        bool        all_fired_in_chunk = true;
 
        for_each_event(event, chunk)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            /*
             * Is it one for me to fire?
             */
            if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS) &&
                evtshared->ats_firing_id == firing_id)
            {
                ResultRelInfo *src_rInfo,
                           *dst_rInfo;
 
                /*
                 * So let's fire it... but first, find the correct relation if
                 * this is not the same relation as before.
                 */
                if (rel == NULL || RelationGetRelid(rel) != evtshared->ats_relid)
                {
                    rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate, evtshared->ats_relid,
                                                    NULL);
                    rel = rInfo->ri_RelationDesc;
                    /* Catch calls with insufficient relcache refcounting */
                    Assert(!RelationHasReferenceCountZero(rel));
                    trigdesc = rInfo->ri_TrigDesc;
                    /* caution: trigdesc could be NULL here */
                    finfo = rInfo->ri_TrigFunctions;
                    instr = rInfo->ri_TrigInstrument;
                    if (slot1 != NULL)
                    {
                        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
                        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
                        slot1 = slot2 = NULL;
                    }
                    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
                    {
                        slot1 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
                                                         &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
                        slot2 = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(rel->rd_att,
                                                         &TTSOpsMinimalTuple);
                    }
                }
 
                /*
                 * Look up source and destination partition result rels of a
                 * cross-partition update event.
                 */
                if ((event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS) ==
                    AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE)
                {
                    Assert(OidIsValid(event->ate_src_part) &&
                           OidIsValid(event->ate_dst_part));
                    src_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
                                                        event->ate_src_part,
                                                        rInfo);
                    dst_rInfo = ExecGetTriggerResultRel(estate,
                                                        event->ate_dst_part,
                                                        rInfo);
                }
                else
                    src_rInfo = dst_rInfo = rInfo;
 
                /*
                 * Fire it.  Note that the AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS flag is
                 * still set, so recursive examinations of the event list
                 * won't try to re-fire it.
                 */
                AfterTriggerExecute(estate, event, rInfo,
                                    src_rInfo, dst_rInfo,
                                    trigdesc, finfo, instr,
                                    per_tuple_context, slot1, slot2);
 
                /*
                 * Mark the event as done.
                 */
                event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
            }
            else if (!(event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE))
            {
                /* something remains to be done */
                all_fired = all_fired_in_chunk = false;
            }
        }
 
        /* Clear the chunk if delete_ok and nothing left of interest */
        if (delete_ok && all_fired_in_chunk)
        {
            chunk->freeptr = CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
            chunk->endfree = chunk->endptr;
 
            /*
             * If it's last chunk, must sync event list's tailfree too.  Note
             * that delete_ok must NOT be passed as true if there could be
             * additional AfterTriggerEventList values pointing at this event
             * list, since we'd fail to fix their copies of tailfree.
             */
            if (chunk == events->tail)
                events->tailfree = chunk->freeptr;
        }
    }
    if (slot1 != NULL)
    {
        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot1);
        ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot2);
    }
 
    /* Release working resources */
    MemoryContextDelete(per_tuple_context);
 
    if (local_estate)
    {
        ExecCloseResultRelations(estate);
        ExecResetTupleTable(estate->es_tupleTable, false);
        FreeExecutorState(estate);
    }
 
    return all_fired;
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE, AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE, AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS, AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS, AfterTriggerExecute(), ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, Assert, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_dst_part, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_flags, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_src_part, CHUNK_DATA_START, CreateExecutorState(), CurrentMemoryContext, AfterTriggerEventChunk::endfree, AfterTriggerEventChunk::endptr, EState::es_tupleTable, ExecCloseResultRelations(), ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(), ExecGetTriggerResultRel(), ExecResetTupleTable(), fb(), for_each_chunk, for_each_event, FreeExecutorState(), AfterTriggerEventChunk::freeptr, GetTriggerSharedData, MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MemoryContextDelete(), OidIsValid, RelationData::rd_att, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RelationHasReferenceCountZero, AfterTriggerEventList::tail, AfterTriggerEventList::tailfree, and TTSOpsMinimalTuple.

Referenced by AfterTriggerEndQuery(), AfterTriggerFireDeferred(), and AfterTriggerSetState().

◆ afterTriggerMarkEvents()

static bool afterTriggerMarkEvents	(	AfterTriggerEventList *	events,
		AfterTriggerEventList *	move_list,
		bool	immediate_only
	)

static

Definition at line 4615 of file trigger.c.

{
    bool        found = false;
    bool        deferred_found = false;
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
    for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, *events)
    {
        AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
        bool        defer_it = false;
 
        if (!(event->ate_flags &
              (AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE | AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS)))
        {
            /*
             * This trigger hasn't been called or scheduled yet. Check if we
             * should call it now.
             */
            if (immediate_only && afterTriggerCheckState(evtshared))
            {
                defer_it = true;
            }
            else
            {
                /*
                 * Mark it as to be fired in this firing cycle.
                 */
                evtshared->ats_firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                found = true;
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * If it's deferred, move it to move_list, if requested.
         */
        if (defer_it && move_list != NULL)
        {
            deferred_found = true;
            /* add it to move_list */
            afterTriggerAddEvent(move_list, event, evtshared);
            /* mark original copy "done" so we don't do it again */
            event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * We could allow deferred triggers if, before the end of the
     * security-restricted operation, we were to verify that a SET CONSTRAINTS
     * ... IMMEDIATE has fired all such triggers.  For now, don't bother.
     */
    if (deferred_found && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("cannot fire deferred trigger within security-restricted operation")));
 
    return found;
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE, AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS, afterTriggerAddEvent(), afterTriggerCheckState(), afterTriggers, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_flags, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, for_each_event_chunk, GetTriggerSharedData, and InSecurityRestrictedOperation().

Referenced by AfterTriggerEndQuery(), AfterTriggerFireDeferred(), and AfterTriggerSetState().

◆ AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()

bool AfterTriggerPendingOnRel ( Oid relid )

Definition at line 6083 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggerEvent event;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    int         depth;
 
    /* Scan queued events */
    for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.events)
    {
        AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
        /*
         * We can ignore completed events.  (Even if a DONE flag is rolled
         * back by subxact abort, it's OK because the effects of the TRUNCATE
         * or whatever must get rolled back too.)
         */
        if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
            continue;
 
        if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
            return true;
    }
 
    /*
     * Also scan events queued by incomplete queries.  This could only matter
     * if TRUNCATE/etc is executed by a function or trigger within an updating
     * query on the same relation, which is pretty perverse, but let's check.
     */
    for (depth = 0; depth <= afterTriggers.query_depth && depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth; depth++)
    {
        for_each_event_chunk(event, chunk, afterTriggers.query_stack[depth].events)
        {
            AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
            if (event->ate_flags & AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE)
                continue;
 
            if (evtshared->ats_relid == relid)
                return true;
        }
    }
 
    return false;
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE, afterTriggers, AfterTriggerEventData::ate_flags, AfterTriggersData::events, AfterTriggersQueryData::events, fb(), for_each_event_chunk, GetTriggerSharedData, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, and AfterTriggersData::query_stack.

Referenced by CheckTableNotInUse().

◆ afterTriggerRestoreEventList()

static void afterTriggerRestoreEventList	(	AfterTriggerEventList *	events,
		const AfterTriggerEventList *	old_events
	)

static

Definition at line 4227 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
    AfterTriggerEventChunk *next_chunk;
 
    if (old_events->tail == NULL)
    {
        /* restoring to a completely empty state, so free everything */
        afterTriggerFreeEventList(events);
    }
    else
    {
        *events = *old_events;
        /* free any chunks after the last one we want to keep */
        for (chunk = events->tail->next; chunk != NULL; chunk = next_chunk)
        {
            next_chunk = chunk->next;
            pfree(chunk);
        }
        /* and clean up the tail chunk to be the right length */
        events->tail->next = NULL;
        events->tail->freeptr = events->tailfree;
 
        /*
         * We don't make any effort to remove now-unused shared data records.
         * They might still be useful, anyway.
         */
    }
}

References afterTriggerFreeEventList(), fb(), AfterTriggerEventChunk::freeptr, AfterTriggerEventChunk::next, pfree(), AfterTriggerEventList::tail, and AfterTriggerEventList::tailfree.

Referenced by AfterTriggerEndSubXact().

◆ AfterTriggerSaveEvent()

static void AfterTriggerSaveEvent	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	src_partinfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	dst_partinfo,
		int	event,
		bool	row_trigger,
		TupleTableSlot *	oldslot,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot,
		List *	recheckIndexes,
		Bitmapset *	modifiedCols,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture,
		bool	is_crosspart_update
	)

static

Definition at line 6170 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    rel = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    AfterTriggerEventData new_event;
    AfterTriggerSharedData new_shared;
    char        relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
    int         tgtype_event;
    int         tgtype_level;
    int         i;
    Tuplestorestate *fdw_tuplestore = NULL;
 
    /*
     * Check state.  We use a normal test not Assert because it is possible to
     * reach here in the wrong state given misconfigured RI triggers, in
     * particular deferring a cascade action trigger.
     */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "AfterTriggerSaveEvent() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * If the directly named relation has any triggers with transition tables,
     * then we need to capture transition tuples.
     */
    if (row_trigger && transition_capture != NULL)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *original_insert_tuple = transition_capture->tcs_original_insert_tuple;
 
        /*
         * Capture the old tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
         * the event.
         */
        if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
        {
            Tuplestorestate *old_tuplestore;
 
            old_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
                                                             oldslot,
                                                             NULL,
                                                             transition_capture);
            TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
                                    oldslot, NULL, old_tuplestore);
        }
 
        /*
         * Capture the new tuple in the appropriate transition table based on
         * the event.
         */
        if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
        {
            Tuplestorestate *new_tuplestore;
 
            new_tuplestore = GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(event,
                                                             NULL,
                                                             newslot,
                                                             transition_capture);
            TransitionTableAddTuple(estate, event, transition_capture, relinfo,
                                    newslot, original_insert_tuple, new_tuplestore);
        }
 
        /*
         * If transition tables are the only reason we're here, return. As
         * mentioned above, we can also be here during update tuple routing in
         * presence of transition tables, in which case this function is
         * called separately for OLD and NEW, so we expect exactly one of them
         * to be NULL.
         */
        if (trigdesc == NULL ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && !trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && !trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && !trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
            (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && (TupIsNull(oldslot) ^ TupIsNull(newslot))))
            return;
    }
 
    /*
     * We normally don't see partitioned tables here for row level triggers
     * except in the special case of a cross-partition update.  In that case,
     * nodeModifyTable.c:ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey() calls here to
     * queue an update event on the root target partitioned table, also
     * passing the source and destination partitions and their tuples.
     */
    Assert(!row_trigger ||
           rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
           (is_crosspart_update &&
            TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) &&
            src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL));
 
    /*
     * Validate the event code and collect the associated tuple CTIDs.
     *
     * The event code will be used both as a bitmask and an array offset, so
     * validation is important to make sure we don't walk off the edge of our
     * arrays.
     *
     * Also, if we're considering statement-level triggers, check whether we
     * already queued a set of them for this event, and cancel the prior set
     * if so.  This preserves the behavior that statement-level triggers fire
     * just once per statement and fire after row-level triggers.
     */
    switch (event)
    {
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot != NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_INSERT, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot != NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_DELETE, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
            if (row_trigger)
            {
                Assert(oldslot != NULL);
                Assert(newslot != NULL);
                ItemPointerCopy(&(oldslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerCopy(&(newslot->tts_tid), &(new_event.ate_ctid2));
 
                /*
                 * Also remember the OIDs of partitions to fetch these tuples
                 * out of later in AfterTriggerExecute().
                 */
                if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                {
                    Assert(src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL);
                    new_event.ate_src_part =
                        RelationGetRelid(src_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
                    new_event.ate_dst_part =
                        RelationGetRelid(dst_partinfo->ri_RelationDesc);
                }
            }
            else
            {
                Assert(oldslot == NULL);
                Assert(newslot == NULL);
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
                ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
                cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                           CMD_UPDATE, event);
            }
            break;
        case TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE:
            tgtype_event = TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE;
            Assert(oldslot == NULL);
            Assert(newslot == NULL);
            ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid1));
            ItemPointerSetInvalid(&(new_event.ate_ctid2));
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
            tgtype_event = 0;   /* keep compiler quiet */
            break;
    }
 
    /* Determine flags */
    if (!(relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger))
    {
        if (row_trigger && event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE)
        {
            if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE;
            else
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID;
        }
        else
            new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID;
    }
 
    /* else, we'll initialize ate_flags for each trigger */
 
    tgtype_level = (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW : TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT);
 
    /*
     * Must convert/copy the source and destination partition tuples into the
     * root partitioned table's format/slot, because the processing in the
     * loop below expects both oldslot and newslot tuples to be in that form.
     */
    if (row_trigger && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *rootslot;
        TupleConversionMap *map;
 
        rootslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
        map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(src_partinfo);
        if (map)
            oldslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                            oldslot,
                                            rootslot);
        else
            oldslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, oldslot);
 
        rootslot = ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(estate, relinfo);
        map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(dst_partinfo);
        if (map)
            newslot = execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap,
                                            newslot,
                                            rootslot);
        else
            newslot = ExecCopySlot(rootslot, newslot);
    }
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  tgtype_level,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER,
                                  tgtype_event))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, event,
                            modifiedCols, oldslot, newslot))
            continue;
 
        if (relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && row_trigger)
        {
            if (fdw_tuplestore == NULL)
            {
                fdw_tuplestore = GetCurrentFDWTuplestore();
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH;
            }
            else
                /* subsequent event for the same tuple */
                new_event.ate_flags = AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE;
        }
 
        /*
         * If the trigger is a foreign key enforcement trigger, there are
         * certain cases where we can skip queueing the event because we can
         * tell by inspection that the FK constraint will still pass. There
         * are also some cases during cross-partition updates of a partitioned
         * table where queuing the event can be skipped.
         */
        if (TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event) || TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event))
        {
            switch (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trigger->tgfoid))
            {
                case RI_TRIGGER_PK:
 
                    /*
                     * For cross-partitioned updates of partitioned PK table,
                     * skip the event fired by the component delete on the
                     * source leaf partition unless the constraint originates
                     * in the partition itself (!tgisclone), because the
                     * update event that will be fired on the root
                     * (partitioned) target table will be used to perform the
                     * necessary foreign key enforcement action.
                     */
                    if (is_crosspart_update &&
                        TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(event) &&
                        trigger->tgisclone)
                        continue;
 
                    /* Update or delete on trigger's PK table */
                    if (!RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
                                                       oldslot, newslot))
                    {
                        /* skip queuing this event */
                        continue;
                    }
                    break;
 
                case RI_TRIGGER_FK:
 
                    /*
                     * Update on trigger's FK table.  We can skip the update
                     * event fired on a partitioned table during a
                     * cross-partition of that table, because the insert event
                     * that is fired on the destination leaf partition would
                     * suffice to perform the necessary foreign key check.
                     * Moreover, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() expects to be
                     * passed a tuple that contains system attributes, most of
                     * which are not present in the virtual slot belonging to
                     * a partitioned table.
                     */
                    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
                        !RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(trigger, rel,
                                                       oldslot, newslot))
                    {
                        /* skip queuing this event */
                        continue;
                    }
                    break;
 
                case RI_TRIGGER_NONE:
 
                    /*
                     * Not an FK trigger.  No need to queue the update event
                     * fired during a cross-partitioned update of a
                     * partitioned table, because the same row trigger must be
                     * present in the leaf partition(s) that are affected as
                     * part of this update and the events fired on them are
                     * queued instead.
                     */
                    if (row_trigger &&
                        rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
                        continue;
                    break;
            }
        }
 
        /*
         * If the trigger is a deferred unique constraint check trigger, only
         * queue it if the unique constraint was potentially violated, which
         * we know from index insertion time.
         */
        if (trigger->tgfoid == F_UNIQUE_KEY_RECHECK)
        {
            if (!list_member_oid(recheckIndexes, trigger->tgconstrindid))
                continue;       /* Uniqueness definitely not violated */
        }
 
        /*
         * Fill in event structure and add it to the current query's queue.
         * Note we set ats_table to NULL whenever this trigger doesn't use
         * transition tables, to improve sharability of the shared event data.
         */
        new_shared.ats_event =
            (event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) |
            (row_trigger ? TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW : 0) |
            (trigger->tgdeferrable ? AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
            (trigger->tginitdeferred ? AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED : 0);
        new_shared.ats_tgoid = trigger->tgoid;
        new_shared.ats_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
        new_shared.ats_rolid = GetUserId();
        new_shared.ats_firing_id = 0;
        if ((trigger->tgoldtable || trigger->tgnewtable) &&
            transition_capture != NULL)
        {
            switch (event)
            {
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
                    break;
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
                    break;
                case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
                    new_shared.ats_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
                    break;
                default:
                    /* Must be TRUNCATE, see switch above */
                    new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
                    break;
            }
        }
        else
            new_shared.ats_table = NULL;
        new_shared.ats_modifiedcols = modifiedCols;
 
        afterTriggerAddEvent(&afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].events,
                             &new_event, &new_shared);
    }
 
    /*
     * Finally, spool any foreign tuple(s).  The tuplestore squashes them to
     * minimal tuples, so this loses any system columns.  The executor lost
     * those columns before us, for an unrelated reason, so this is fine.
     */
    if (fdw_tuplestore)
    {
        if (oldslot != NULL)
            tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, oldslot);
        if (newslot != NULL)
            tuplestore_puttupleslot(fdw_tuplestore, newslot);
    }
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID, AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID, AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE, AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE, AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH, AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE, AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED, afterTriggerAddEvent(), AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(), afterTriggers, Assert, TupleConversionMap::attrMap, cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(), CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_UPDATE, elog, ERROR, AfterTriggersQueryData::events, ExecCopySlot(), ExecGetChildToRootMap(), ExecGetTriggerNewSlot(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable(), GetCurrentFDWTuplestore(), GetUserId(), i, ItemPointerCopy(), ItemPointerSetInvalid(), list_member_oid(), AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelid, RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required(), RI_FKey_pk_upd_check_required(), RI_FKey_trigger_type(), RI_TRIGGER_FK, RI_TRIGGER_NONE, RI_TRIGGER_PK, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_delete_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_insert_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_original_insert_tuple, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_private, TransitionTableAddTuple(), TriggerDesc::trig_delete_after_row, TriggerDesc::trig_insert_after_row, TriggerDesc::trig_update_after_row, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE, TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, TupIsNull, and tuplestore_puttupleslot().

Referenced by ExecARDeleteTriggers(), ExecARInsertTriggers(), ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecASDeleteTriggers(), ExecASInsertTriggers(), ExecASTruncateTriggers(), and ExecASUpdateTriggers().

◆ AfterTriggerSetState()

void AfterTriggerSetState ( ConstraintsSetStmt * stmt )

Definition at line 5768 of file trigger.c.

{
    int         my_level = GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel();
 
    /* If we haven't already done so, initialize our state. */
    if (afterTriggers.state == NULL)
        afterTriggers.state = SetConstraintStateCreate(8);
 
    /*
     * If in a subtransaction, and we didn't save the current state already,
     * save it so it can be restored if the subtransaction aborts.
     */
    if (my_level > 1 &&
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state == NULL)
    {
        afterTriggers.trans_stack[my_level].state =
            SetConstraintStateCopy(afterTriggers.state);
    }
 
    /*
     * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS ALL ...
     */
    if (stmt->constraints == NIL)
    {
        /*
         * Forget any previous SET CONSTRAINTS commands in this transaction.
         */
        afterTriggers.state->numstates = 0;
 
        /*
         * Set the per-transaction ALL state to known.
         */
        afterTriggers.state->all_isset = true;
        afterTriggers.state->all_isdeferred = stmt->deferred;
    }
    else
    {
        Relation    conrel;
        Relation    tgrel;
        List       *conoidlist = NIL;
        List       *tgoidlist = NIL;
        ListCell   *lc;
 
        /*
         * Handle SET CONSTRAINTS constraint-name [, ...]
         *
         * First, identify all the named constraints and make a list of their
         * OIDs.  Since, unlike the SQL spec, we allow multiple constraints of
         * the same name within a schema, the specifications are not
         * necessarily unique.  Our strategy is to target all matching
         * constraints within the first search-path schema that has any
         * matches, but disregard matches in schemas beyond the first match.
         * (This is a bit odd but it's the historical behavior.)
         *
         * A constraint in a partitioned table may have corresponding
         * constraints in the partitions.  Grab those too.
         */
        conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
        foreach(lc, stmt->constraints)
        {
            RangeVar   *constraint = lfirst(lc);
            bool        found;
            List       *namespacelist;
            ListCell   *nslc;
 
            if (constraint->catalogname)
            {
                if (strcmp(constraint->catalogname, get_database_name(MyDatabaseId)) != 0)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("cross-database references are not implemented: \"%s.%s.%s\"",
                                    constraint->catalogname, constraint->schemaname,
                                    constraint->relname)));
            }
 
            /*
             * If we're given the schema name with the constraint, look only
             * in that schema.  If given a bare constraint name, use the
             * search path to find the first matching constraint.
             */
            if (constraint->schemaname)
            {
                Oid         namespaceId = LookupExplicitNamespace(constraint->schemaname,
                                                                  false);
 
                namespacelist = list_make1_oid(namespaceId);
            }
            else
            {
                namespacelist = fetch_search_path(true);
            }
 
            found = false;
            foreach(nslc, namespacelist)
            {
                Oid         namespaceId = lfirst_oid(nslc);
                SysScanDesc conscan;
                ScanKeyData skey[2];
                HeapTuple   tup;
 
                ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                            Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
                            BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                            CStringGetDatum(constraint->relname));
                ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
                            Anum_pg_constraint_connamespace,
                            BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                            ObjectIdGetDatum(namespaceId));
 
                conscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintNameNspIndexId,
                                             true, NULL, 2, skey);
 
                while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(conscan)))
                {
                    Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
 
                    if (con->condeferrable)
                        conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
                    else if (stmt->deferred)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                                 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" is not deferrable",
                                        constraint->relname)));
                    found = true;
                }
 
                systable_endscan(conscan);
 
                /*
                 * Once we've found a matching constraint we do not search
                 * later parts of the search path.
                 */
                if (found)
                    break;
            }
 
            list_free(namespacelist);
 
            /*
             * Not found ?
             */
            if (!found)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                         errmsg("constraint \"%s\" does not exist",
                                constraint->relname)));
        }
 
        /*
         * Scan for any possible descendants of the constraints.  We append
         * whatever we find to the same list that we're scanning; this has the
         * effect that we create new scans for those, too, so if there are
         * further descendents, we'll also catch them.
         */
        foreach(lc, conoidlist)
        {
            Oid         parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
            ScanKeyData key;
            SysScanDesc scan;
            HeapTuple   tuple;
 
            ScanKeyInit(&key,
                        Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
                        BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                        ObjectIdGetDatum(parent));
 
            scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key);
 
            while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
            {
                Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
                conoidlist = lappend_oid(conoidlist, con->oid);
            }
 
            systable_endscan(scan);
        }
 
        table_close(conrel, AccessShareLock);
 
        /*
         * Now, locate the trigger(s) implementing each of these constraints,
         * and make a list of their OIDs.
         */
        tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
        foreach(lc, conoidlist)
        {
            Oid         conoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
            ScanKeyData skey;
            SysScanDesc tgscan;
            HeapTuple   htup;
 
            ScanKeyInit(&skey,
                        Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
                        BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                        ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
 
            tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
                                        NULL, 1, &skey);
 
            while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
            {
                Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
 
                /*
                 * Silently skip triggers that are marked as non-deferrable in
                 * pg_trigger.  This is not an error condition, since a
                 * deferrable RI constraint may have some non-deferrable
                 * actions.
                 */
                if (pg_trigger->tgdeferrable)
                    tgoidlist = lappend_oid(tgoidlist, pg_trigger->oid);
            }
 
            systable_endscan(tgscan);
        }
 
        table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
 
        /*
         * Now we can set the trigger states of individual triggers for this
         * xact.
         */
        foreach(lc, tgoidlist)
        {
            Oid         tgoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
            SetConstraintState state = afterTriggers.state;
            bool        found = false;
            int         i;
 
            for (i = 0; i < state->numstates; i++)
            {
                if (state->trigstates[i].sct_tgoid == tgoid)
                {
                    state->trigstates[i].sct_tgisdeferred = stmt->deferred;
                    found = true;
                    break;
                }
            }
            if (!found)
            {
                afterTriggers.state =
                    SetConstraintStateAddItem(state, tgoid, stmt->deferred);
            }
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * SQL99 requires that when a constraint is set to IMMEDIATE, any deferred
     * checks against that constraint must be made when the SET CONSTRAINTS
     * command is executed -- i.e. the effects of the SET CONSTRAINTS command
     * apply retroactively.  We've updated the constraints state, so scan the
     * list of previously deferred events to fire any that have now become
     * immediate.
     *
     * Obviously, if this was SET ... DEFERRED then it can't have converted
     * any unfired events to immediate, so we need do nothing in that case.
     */
    if (!stmt->deferred)
    {
        AfterTriggerEventList *events = &afterTriggers.events;
        bool        snapshot_set = false;
 
        while (afterTriggerMarkEvents(events, NULL, true))
        {
            CommandId   firing_id = afterTriggers.firing_counter++;
 
            /*
             * Make sure a snapshot has been established in case trigger
             * functions need one.  Note that we avoid setting a snapshot if
             * we don't find at least one trigger that has to be fired now.
             * This is so that BEGIN; SET CONSTRAINTS ...; SET TRANSACTION
             * ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE; ... works properly.  (If we are
             * at the start of a transaction it's not possible for any trigger
             * events to be queued yet.)
             */
            if (!snapshot_set)
            {
                PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
                snapshot_set = true;
            }
 
            /*
             * We can delete fired events if we are at top transaction level,
             * but we'd better not if inside a subtransaction, since the
             * subtransaction could later get rolled back.
             */
            if (afterTriggerInvokeEvents(events, firing_id, NULL,
                                         !IsSubTransaction()))
                break;          /* all fired */
        }
 
        if (snapshot_set)
            PopActiveSnapshot();
    }
}

References AccessShareLock, afterTriggerInvokeEvents(), afterTriggerMarkEvents(), afterTriggers, SetConstraintStateData::all_isdeferred, SetConstraintStateData::all_isset, BTEqualStrategyNumber, RangeVar::catalogname, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, AfterTriggersData::events, fb(), fetch_search_path(), AfterTriggersData::firing_counter, Form_pg_constraint, Form_pg_trigger, get_database_name(), GetCurrentTransactionNestLevel(), GETSTRUCT(), GetTransactionSnapshot(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, IsSubTransaction(), lappend_oid(), lfirst, lfirst_oid, list_free(), list_make1_oid, LookupExplicitNamespace(), MyDatabaseId, NIL, SetConstraintStateData::numstates, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PopActiveSnapshot(), PushActiveSnapshot(), RangeVar::relname, ScanKeyInit(), RangeVar::schemaname, SetConstraintStateAddItem(), SetConstraintStateCopy(), SetConstraintStateCreate(), AfterTriggersData::state, AfterTriggersTransData::state, stmt, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), and AfterTriggersData::trans_stack.

Referenced by standard_ProcessUtility().

◆ assign_session_replication_role()

void assign_session_replication_role	(	int	newval,
		void *	extra
	)

Definition at line 6706 of file trigger.c.

{
    /*
     * Must flush the plan cache when changing replication role; but don't
     * flush unnecessarily.
     */
    if (SessionReplicationRole != newval)
        ResetPlanCache();
}

References newval, ResetPlanCache(), and SessionReplicationRole.

◆ before_stmt_triggers_fired()

static bool before_stmt_triggers_fired	(	Oid	relid,
		CmdType	cmdType
	)

static

Definition at line 6585 of file trigger.c.

{
    bool        result;
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
 
    /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "before_stmt_triggers_fired() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
     * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
     * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
     * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
     * statement triggers to get queued.
     */
    table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
    result = table->before_trig_done;
    table->before_trig_done = true;
    return result;
}

References AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(), afterTriggers, elog, ERROR, GetAfterTriggersTableData(), AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, and table.

Referenced by ExecBSDeleteTriggers(), ExecBSInsertTriggers(), and ExecBSUpdateTriggers().

◆ cancel_prior_stmt_triggers()

static void cancel_prior_stmt_triggers	(	Oid	relid,
		CmdType	cmdType,
		int	tgevent
	)

static

Definition at line 6631 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    /*
     * We keep this state in the AfterTriggersTableData that also holds
     * transition tables for the relation + operation.  In this way, if we are
     * forced to make a new set of transition tables because more tuples get
     * entered after we've already fired triggers, we will allow a new set of
     * statement triggers to get queued without canceling the old ones.
     */
    table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, cmdType);
 
    if (table->after_trig_done)
    {
        /*
         * We want to start scanning from the tail location that existed just
         * before we inserted any statement triggers.  But the events list
         * might've been entirely empty then, in which case scan from the
         * current head.
         */
        AfterTriggerEvent event;
        AfterTriggerEventChunk *chunk;
 
        if (table->after_trig_events.tail)
        {
            chunk = table->after_trig_events.tail;
            event = (AfterTriggerEvent) table->after_trig_events.tailfree;
        }
        else
        {
            chunk = qs->events.head;
            event = NULL;
        }
 
        for_each_chunk_from(chunk)
        {
            if (event == NULL)
                event = (AfterTriggerEvent) CHUNK_DATA_START(chunk);
            for_each_event_from(event, chunk)
            {
                AfterTriggerShared evtshared = GetTriggerSharedData(event);
 
                /*
                 * Exit loop when we reach events that aren't AS triggers for
                 * the target relation.
                 */
                if (evtshared->ats_relid != relid)
                    goto done;
                if ((evtshared->ats_event & TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK) != tgevent)
                    goto done;
                if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT(evtshared->ats_event))
                    goto done;
                if (!TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(evtshared->ats_event))
                    goto done;
                /* OK, mark it DONE */
                event->ate_flags &= ~AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS;
                event->ate_flags |= AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE;
            }
            /* signal we must reinitialize event ptr for next chunk */
            event = NULL;
        }
    }
done:
 
    /* In any case, save current insertion point for next time */
    table->after_trig_done = true;
    table->after_trig_events = qs->events;
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE, afterTriggers, CHUNK_DATA_START, fb(), for_each_chunk_from, for_each_event_from, GetAfterTriggersTableData(), GetTriggerSharedData, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, table, TRIGGER_EVENT_OPMASK, TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER, and TRIGGER_FIRED_FOR_STATEMENT.

Referenced by AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ check_modified_virtual_generated()

static HeapTuple check_modified_virtual_generated	(	TupleDesc	tupdesc,
		HeapTuple	tuple
	)

static

Definition at line 6736 of file trigger.c.

{
    if (!(tupdesc->constr && tupdesc->constr->has_generated_virtual))
        return tuple;
 
    for (int i = 0; i < tupdesc->natts; i++)
    {
        if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, i)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
        {
            if (!heap_attisnull(tuple, i + 1, tupdesc))
            {
                int         replCol = i + 1;
                Datum       replValue = 0;
                bool        replIsnull = true;
 
                tuple = heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(tuple, tupdesc, 1, &replCol, &replValue, &replIsnull);
            }
        }
    }
 
    return tuple;
}

References TupleDescData::constr, fb(), TupleConstr::has_generated_virtual, heap_attisnull(), heap_modify_tuple_by_cols(), i, TupleDescData::natts, and TupleDescAttr().

Referenced by ExecBRInsertTriggers(), and ExecBRUpdateTriggers().

◆ CopyTriggerDesc()

TriggerDesc * CopyTriggerDesc ( TriggerDesc * trigdesc )

Definition at line 2092 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *newdesc;
    Trigger    *trigger;
    int         i;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL || trigdesc->numtriggers <= 0)
        return NULL;
 
    newdesc = palloc_object(TriggerDesc);
    memcpy(newdesc, trigdesc, sizeof(TriggerDesc));
 
    trigger = (Trigger *) palloc(trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    memcpy(trigger, trigdesc->triggers,
           trigdesc->numtriggers * sizeof(Trigger));
    newdesc->triggers = trigger;
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        trigger->tgname = pstrdup(trigger->tgname);
        if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
        {
            int16      *newattr;
 
            newattr = (int16 *) palloc(trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
            memcpy(newattr, trigger->tgattr,
                   trigger->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
            trigger->tgattr = newattr;
        }
        if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
        {
            char      **newargs;
            int16       j;
 
            newargs = (char **) palloc(trigger->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
            for (j = 0; j < trigger->tgnargs; j++)
                newargs[j] = pstrdup(trigger->tgargs[j]);
            trigger->tgargs = newargs;
        }
        if (trigger->tgqual)
            trigger->tgqual = pstrdup(trigger->tgqual);
        if (trigger->tgoldtable)
            trigger->tgoldtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgoldtable);
        if (trigger->tgnewtable)
            trigger->tgnewtable = pstrdup(trigger->tgnewtable);
        trigger++;
    }
 
    return newdesc;
}

References fb(), i, j, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, palloc(), palloc_object, pstrdup(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by InitResultRelInfo(), and RelationBuildTriggers().

◆ CreateTrigger()

ObjectAddress CreateTrigger	(	const CreateTrigStmt *	stmt,
		const char *	queryString,
		Oid	relOid,
		Oid	refRelOid,
		Oid	constraintOid,
		Oid	indexOid,
		Oid	funcoid,
		Oid	parentTriggerOid,
		Node *	whenClause,
		bool	isInternal,
		bool	in_partition
	)

Definition at line 162 of file trigger.c.

{
    return
        CreateTriggerFiringOn(stmt, queryString, relOid, refRelOid,
                              constraintOid, indexOid, funcoid,
                              parentTriggerOid, whenClause, isInternal,
                              in_partition, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN);
}

References CreateTriggerFiringOn(), fb(), stmt, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN.

Referenced by CreateFKCheckTrigger(), createForeignKeyActionTriggers(), index_constraint_create(), and ProcessUtilitySlow().

◆ CreateTriggerFiringOn()

ObjectAddress CreateTriggerFiringOn	(	const CreateTrigStmt *	stmt,
		const char *	queryString,
		Oid	relOid,
		Oid	refRelOid,
		Oid	constraintOid,
		Oid	indexOid,
		Oid	funcoid,
		Oid	parentTriggerOid,
		Node *	whenClause,
		bool	isInternal,
		bool	in_partition,
		char	trigger_fires_when
	)

Definition at line 179 of file trigger.c.

{
    int16       tgtype;
    int         ncolumns;
    int16      *columns;
    int2vector *tgattr;
    List       *whenRtable;
    char       *qual;
    Datum       values[Natts_pg_trigger];
    bool        nulls[Natts_pg_trigger];
    Relation    rel;
    AclResult   aclresult;
    Relation    tgrel;
    Relation    pgrel;
    HeapTuple   tuple = NULL;
    Oid         funcrettype;
    Oid         trigoid = InvalidOid;
    char        internaltrigname[NAMEDATALEN];
    char       *trigname;
    Oid         constrrelid = InvalidOid;
    ObjectAddress myself,
                referenced;
    char       *oldtablename = NULL;
    char       *newtablename = NULL;
    bool        partition_recurse;
    bool        trigger_exists = false;
    Oid         existing_constraint_oid = InvalidOid;
    bool        existing_isInternal = false;
    bool        existing_isClone = false;
 
    if (OidIsValid(relOid))
        rel = table_open(relOid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
    else
        rel = table_openrv(stmt->relation, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Triggers must be on tables or views, and there are additional
     * relation-type-specific restrictions.
     */
    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
    {
        /* Tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
        if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
            stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
    }
    else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    {
        /* Partitioned tables can't have INSTEAD OF triggers */
        if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
            stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a table",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
 
        /*
         * FOR EACH ROW triggers have further restrictions
         */
        if (stmt->row)
        {
            /*
             * Disallow use of transition tables.
             *
             * Note that we have another restriction about transition tables
             * in partitions; search for 'has_superclass' below for an
             * explanation.  The check here is just to protect from the fact
             * that if we allowed it here, the creation would succeed for a
             * partitioned table with no partitions, but would be blocked by
             * the other restriction when the first partition was created,
             * which is very unfriendly behavior.
             */
            if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("\"%s\" is a partitioned table",
                                RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                         errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitioned tables.")));
        }
    }
    else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
    {
        /*
         * Views can have INSTEAD OF triggers (which we check below are
         * row-level), or statement-level BEFORE/AFTER triggers.
         */
        if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD && stmt->row)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Views cannot have row-level BEFORE or AFTER triggers.")));
        /* Disallow TRUNCATE triggers on VIEWs */
        if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(stmt->events))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Views cannot have TRUNCATE triggers.")));
    }
    else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    {
        if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE &&
            stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have INSTEAD OF triggers.")));
 
        /*
         * We disallow constraint triggers to protect the assumption that
         * triggers on FKs can't be deferred.  See notes with AfterTriggers
         * data structures, below.
         */
        if (stmt->isconstraint)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                     errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                     errdetail("Foreign tables cannot have constraint triggers.")));
    }
    else
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
                        RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
 
    if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
                        RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
    if (stmt->isconstraint)
    {
        /*
         * We must take a lock on the target relation to protect against
         * concurrent drop.  It's not clear that AccessShareLock is strong
         * enough, but we certainly need at least that much... otherwise, we
         * might end up creating a pg_constraint entry referencing a
         * nonexistent table.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(refRelOid))
        {
            LockRelationOid(refRelOid, AccessShareLock);
            constrrelid = refRelOid;
        }
        else if (stmt->constrrel != NULL)
            constrrelid = RangeVarGetRelid(stmt->constrrel, AccessShareLock,
                                           false);
    }
 
    /* permission checks */
    if (!isInternal)
    {
        aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId(),
                                      ACL_TRIGGER);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
                           RelationGetRelationName(rel));
 
        if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
        {
            aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(constrrelid, GetUserId(),
                                          ACL_TRIGGER);
            if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
                aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(constrrelid)),
                               get_rel_name(constrrelid));
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * When called on a partitioned table to create a FOR EACH ROW trigger
     * that's not internal, we create one trigger for each partition, too.
     *
     * For that, we'd better hold lock on all of them ahead of time.
     */
    partition_recurse = !isInternal && stmt->row &&
        rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
    if (partition_recurse)
        list_free(find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                      ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL));
 
    /* Compute tgtype */
    TRIGGER_CLEAR_TYPE(tgtype);
    if (stmt->row)
        TRIGGER_SETT_ROW(tgtype);
    tgtype |= stmt->timing;
    tgtype |= stmt->events;
 
    /* Disallow ROW-level TRUNCATE triggers */
    if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("TRUNCATE FOR EACH ROW triggers are not supported")));
 
    /* INSTEAD triggers must be row-level, and can't have WHEN or columns */
    if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSTEAD(tgtype))
    {
        if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers must be FOR EACH ROW")));
        if (stmt->whenClause)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have WHEN conditions")));
        if (stmt->columns != NIL)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                     errmsg("INSTEAD OF triggers cannot have column lists")));
    }
 
    /*
     * We don't yet support naming ROW transition variables, but the parser
     * recognizes the syntax so we can give a nicer message here.
     *
     * Per standard, REFERENCING TABLE names are only allowed on AFTER
     * triggers.  Per standard, REFERENCING ROW names are not allowed with FOR
     * EACH STATEMENT.  Per standard, each OLD/NEW, ROW/TABLE permutation is
     * only allowed once.  Per standard, OLD may not be specified when
     * creating a trigger only for INSERT, and NEW may not be specified when
     * creating a trigger only for DELETE.
     *
     * Notice that the standard allows an AFTER ... FOR EACH ROW trigger to
     * reference both ROW and TABLE transition data.
     */
    if (stmt->transitionRels != NIL)
    {
        List       *varList = stmt->transitionRels;
        ListCell   *lc;
 
        foreach(lc, varList)
        {
            TriggerTransition *tt = lfirst_node(TriggerTransition, lc);
 
            if (!(tt->isTable))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("ROW variable naming in the REFERENCING clause is not supported"),
                         errhint("Use OLD TABLE or NEW TABLE for naming transition tables.")));
 
            /*
             * Because of the above test, we omit further ROW-related testing
             * below.  If we later allow naming OLD and NEW ROW variables,
             * adjustments will be needed below.
             */
 
            if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                         errmsg("\"%s\" is a foreign table",
                                RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                         errdetail("Triggers on foreign tables cannot have transition tables.")));
 
            if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                         errmsg("\"%s\" is a view",
                                RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                         errdetail("Triggers on views cannot have transition tables.")));
 
            /*
             * We currently don't allow row-level triggers with transition
             * tables on partition or inheritance children.  Such triggers
             * would somehow need to see tuples converted to the format of the
             * table they're attached to, and it's not clear which subset of
             * tuples each child should see.  See also the prohibitions in
             * ATExecAttachPartition() and ATExecAddInherit().
             */
            if (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype) && has_superclass(rel->rd_id))
            {
                /* Use appropriate error message. */
                if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions")));
                else
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                             errmsg("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on inheritance children")));
            }
 
            if (stmt->timing != TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                         errmsg("transition table name can only be specified for an AFTER trigger")));
 
            if (TRIGGER_FOR_TRUNCATE(tgtype))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("TRUNCATE triggers with transition tables are not supported")));
 
            /*
             * We currently don't allow multi-event triggers ("INSERT OR
             * UPDATE") with transition tables, because it's not clear how to
             * handle INSERT ... ON CONFLICT statements which can fire both
             * INSERT and UPDATE triggers.  We show the inserted tuples to
             * INSERT triggers and the updated tuples to UPDATE triggers, but
             * it's not yet clear what INSERT OR UPDATE trigger should see.
             * This restriction could be lifted if we can decide on the right
             * semantics in a later release.
             */
            if (((TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
                 (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0) +
                 (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ? 1 : 0)) != 1)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with more than one event")));
 
            /*
             * We currently don't allow column-specific triggers with
             * transition tables.  Per spec, that seems to require
             * accumulating separate transition tables for each combination of
             * columns, which is a lot of work for a rather marginal feature.
             */
            if (stmt->columns != NIL)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("transition tables cannot be specified for triggers with column lists")));
 
            /*
             * We disallow constraint triggers with transition tables, to
             * protect the assumption that such triggers can't be deferred.
             * See notes with AfterTriggers data structures, below.
             *
             * Currently this is enforced by the grammar, so just Assert here.
             */
            Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
 
            if (tt->isNew)
            {
                if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) ||
                      TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("NEW TABLE can only be specified for an INSERT or UPDATE trigger")));
 
                if (newtablename != NULL)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("NEW TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
 
                newtablename = tt->name;
            }
            else
            {
                if (!(TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) ||
                      TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype)))
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("OLD TABLE can only be specified for a DELETE or UPDATE trigger")));
 
                if (oldtablename != NULL)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                             errmsg("OLD TABLE cannot be specified multiple times")));
 
                oldtablename = tt->name;
            }
        }
 
        if (newtablename != NULL && oldtablename != NULL &&
            strcmp(newtablename, oldtablename) == 0)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                     errmsg("OLD TABLE name and NEW TABLE name cannot be the same")));
    }
 
    /*
     * Parse the WHEN clause, if any and we weren't passed an already
     * transformed one.
     *
     * Note that as a side effect, we fill whenRtable when parsing.  If we got
     * an already parsed clause, this does not occur, which is what we want --
     * no point in adding redundant dependencies below.
     */
    if (!whenClause && stmt->whenClause)
    {
        ParseState *pstate;
        ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
        List       *varList;
        ListCell   *lc;
 
        /* Set up a pstate to parse with */
        pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
        pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
 
        /*
         * Set up nsitems for OLD and NEW references.
         *
         * 'OLD' must always have varno equal to 1 and 'NEW' equal to 2.
         */
        nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
                                               AccessShareLock,
                                               makeAlias("old", NIL),
                                               false, false);
        addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
        nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel,
                                               AccessShareLock,
                                               makeAlias("new", NIL),
                                               false, false);
        addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
 
        /* Transform expression.  Copy to be sure we don't modify original */
        whenClause = transformWhereClause(pstate,
                                          copyObject(stmt->whenClause),
                                          EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN,
                                          "WHEN");
        /* we have to fix its collations too */
        assign_expr_collations(pstate, whenClause);
 
        /*
         * Check for disallowed references to OLD/NEW.
         *
         * NB: pull_var_clause is okay here only because we don't allow
         * subselects in WHEN clauses; it would fail to examine the contents
         * of subselects.
         */
        varList = pull_var_clause(whenClause, 0);
        foreach(lc, varList)
        {
            Var        *var = (Var *) lfirst(lc);
 
            switch (var->varno)
            {
                case PRS2_OLD_VARNO:
                    if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("INSERT trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference OLD values"),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    /* system columns are okay here */
                    break;
                case PRS2_NEW_VARNO:
                    if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(tgtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("statement trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference column values"),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("DELETE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW values"),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    if (var->varattno < 0 && TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                                 errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW system columns"),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
                        var->varattno == 0 &&
                        RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
                        (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_stored ||
                         RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->has_generated_virtual))
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
                                 errdetail("A whole-row reference is used and the table contains generated columns."),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    if (TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(tgtype) &&
                        var->varattno > 0 &&
                        TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attgenerated)
                        ereport(ERROR,
                                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                                 errmsg("BEFORE trigger's WHEN condition cannot reference NEW generated columns"),
                                 errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
                                           NameStr(TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), var->varattno - 1)->attname)),
                                 parser_errposition(pstate, var->location)));
                    break;
                default:
                    /* can't happen without add_missing_from, so just elog */
                    elog(ERROR, "trigger WHEN condition cannot contain references to other relations");
                    break;
            }
        }
 
        /* we'll need the rtable for recordDependencyOnExpr */
        whenRtable = pstate->p_rtable;
 
        qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
 
        free_parsestate(pstate);
    }
    else if (!whenClause)
    {
        whenClause = NULL;
        whenRtable = NIL;
        qual = NULL;
    }
    else
    {
        qual = nodeToString(whenClause);
        whenRtable = NIL;
    }
 
    /*
     * Find and validate the trigger function.
     */
    if (!OidIsValid(funcoid))
        funcoid = LookupFuncName(stmt->funcname, 0, NULL, false);
    if (!isInternal)
    {
        aclresult = object_aclcheck(ProcedureRelationId, funcoid, GetUserId(), ACL_EXECUTE);
        if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
            aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_FUNCTION,
                           NameListToString(stmt->funcname));
    }
    funcrettype = get_func_rettype(funcoid);
    if (funcrettype != TRIGGEROID)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
                 errmsg("function %s must return type %s",
                        NameListToString(stmt->funcname), "trigger")));
 
    /*
     * Scan pg_trigger to see if there is already a trigger of the same name.
     * Skip this for internally generated triggers, since we'll modify the
     * name to be unique below.
     *
     * NOTE that this is cool only because we have ShareRowExclusiveLock on
     * the relation, so the trigger set won't be changing underneath us.
     */
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    if (!isInternal)
    {
        ScanKeyData skeys[2];
        SysScanDesc tgscan;
 
        ScanKeyInit(&skeys[0],
                    Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                    BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                    ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
 
        ScanKeyInit(&skeys[1],
                    Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
                    BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                    CStringGetDatum(stmt->trigname));
 
        tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                    NULL, 2, skeys);
 
        /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
        if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
        {
            Form_pg_trigger oldtrigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
            trigoid = oldtrigger->oid;
            existing_constraint_oid = oldtrigger->tgconstraint;
            existing_isInternal = oldtrigger->tgisinternal;
            existing_isClone = OidIsValid(oldtrigger->tgparentid);
            trigger_exists = true;
            /* copy the tuple to use in CatalogTupleUpdate() */
            tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
        }
        systable_endscan(tgscan);
    }
 
    if (!trigger_exists)
    {
        /* Generate the OID for the new trigger. */
        trigoid = GetNewOidWithIndex(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId,
                                     Anum_pg_trigger_oid);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * If OR REPLACE was specified, we'll replace the old trigger;
         * otherwise complain about the duplicate name.
         */
        if (!stmt->replace)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
                            stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
        /*
         * An internal trigger or a child trigger (isClone) cannot be replaced
         * by a user-defined trigger.  However, skip this test when
         * in_partition, because then we're recursing from a partitioned table
         * and the check was made at the parent level.
         */
        if ((existing_isInternal || existing_isClone) &&
            !isInternal && !in_partition)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is an internal or a child trigger",
                            stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
        /*
         * It is not allowed to replace with a constraint trigger; gram.y
         * should have enforced this already.
         */
        Assert(!stmt->isconstraint);
 
        /*
         * It is not allowed to replace an existing constraint trigger,
         * either.  (The reason for these restrictions is partly that it seems
         * difficult to deal with pending trigger events in such cases, and
         * partly that the command might imply changing the constraint's
         * properties as well, which doesn't seem nice.)
         */
        if (OidIsValid(existing_constraint_oid))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" is a constraint trigger",
                            stmt->trigname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    }
 
    /*
     * If it's a user-entered CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER command, make a
     * corresponding pg_constraint entry.
     */
    if (stmt->isconstraint && !OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    {
        /* Internal callers should have made their own constraints */
        Assert(!isInternal);
        constraintOid = CreateConstraintEntry(stmt->trigname,
                                              RelationGetNamespace(rel),
                                              CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER,
                                              stmt->deferrable,
                                              stmt->initdeferred,
                                              true, /* Is Enforced */
                                              true,
                                              InvalidOid,   /* no parent */
                                              RelationGetRelid(rel),
                                              NULL, /* no conkey */
                                              0,
                                              0,
                                              InvalidOid,   /* no domain */
                                              InvalidOid,   /* no index */
                                              InvalidOid,   /* no foreign key */
                                              NULL,
                                              NULL,
                                              NULL,
                                              NULL,
                                              0,
                                              ' ',
                                              ' ',
                                              NULL,
                                              0,
                                              ' ',
                                              NULL, /* no exclusion */
                                              NULL, /* no check constraint */
                                              NULL,
                                              true, /* islocal */
                                              0,    /* inhcount */
                                              true, /* noinherit */
                                              false,    /* conperiod */
                                              isInternal);  /* is_internal */
    }
 
    /*
     * If trigger is internally generated, modify the provided trigger name to
     * ensure uniqueness by appending the trigger OID.  (Callers will usually
     * supply a simple constant trigger name in these cases.)
     */
    if (isInternal)
    {
        snprintf(internaltrigname, sizeof(internaltrigname),
                 "%s_%u", stmt->trigname, trigoid);
        trigname = internaltrigname;
    }
    else
    {
        /* user-defined trigger; use the specified trigger name as-is */
        trigname = stmt->trigname;
    }
 
    /*
     * Build the new pg_trigger tuple.
     */
    memset(nulls, false, sizeof(nulls));
 
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_oid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(trigoid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel));
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgparentid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(parentTriggerOid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                             CStringGetDatum(trigname));
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgfoid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(funcoid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgtype - 1] = Int16GetDatum(tgtype);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgenabled - 1] = CharGetDatum(trigger_fires_when);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgisinternal - 1] = BoolGetDatum(isInternal);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrrelid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constrrelid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstrindid - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgdeferrable - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->deferrable);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tginitdeferred - 1] = BoolGetDatum(stmt->initdeferred);
 
    if (stmt->args)
    {
        ListCell   *le;
        char       *args;
        int16       nargs = list_length(stmt->args);
        int         len = 0;
 
        foreach(le, stmt->args)
        {
            char       *ar = strVal(lfirst(le));
 
            len += strlen(ar) + 4;
            for (; *ar; ar++)
            {
                if (*ar == '\\')
                    len++;
            }
        }
        args = (char *) palloc(len + 1);
        args[0] = '\0';
        foreach(le, stmt->args)
        {
            char       *s = strVal(lfirst(le));
            char       *d = args + strlen(args);
 
            while (*s)
            {
                if (*s == '\\')
                    *d++ = '\\';
                *d++ = *s++;
            }
            strcpy(d, "\\000");
        }
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(nargs);
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
                                                                 CStringGetDatum(args));
    }
    else
    {
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnargs - 1] = Int16GetDatum(0);
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(byteain,
                                                                 CStringGetDatum(""));
    }
 
    /* build column number array if it's a column-specific trigger */
    ncolumns = list_length(stmt->columns);
    if (ncolumns == 0)
        columns = NULL;
    else
    {
        ListCell   *cell;
        int         i = 0;
 
        columns = (int16 *) palloc(ncolumns * sizeof(int16));
        foreach(cell, stmt->columns)
        {
            char       *name = strVal(lfirst(cell));
            int16       attnum;
            int         j;
 
            /* Lookup column name.  System columns are not allowed */
            attnum = attnameAttNum(rel, name, false);
            if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
                         errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
                                name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
            /* Check for duplicates */
            for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
            {
                if (columns[j] == attnum)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
                             errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
                                    name)));
            }
 
            columns[i++] = attnum;
        }
    }
    tgattr = buildint2vector(columns, ncolumns);
    values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1] = PointerGetDatum(tgattr);
 
    /* set tgqual if trigger has WHEN clause */
    if (qual)
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = CStringGetTextDatum(qual);
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual - 1] = true;
 
    if (oldtablename)
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                                     CStringGetDatum(oldtablename));
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1] = true;
    if (newtablename)
        values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = DirectFunctionCall1(namein,
                                                                     CStringGetDatum(newtablename));
    else
        nulls[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1] = true;
 
    /*
     * Insert or replace tuple in pg_trigger.
     */
    if (!trigger_exists)
    {
        tuple = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
        CatalogTupleInsert(tgrel, tuple);
    }
    else
    {
        HeapTuple   newtup;
 
        newtup = heap_form_tuple(tgrel->rd_att, values, nulls);
        CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
        heap_freetuple(newtup);
    }
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);      /* free either original or new tuple */
    table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgname - 1]));
    pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs - 1]));
    pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgattr - 1]));
    if (oldtablename)
        pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable - 1]));
    if (newtablename)
        pfree(DatumGetPointer(values[Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable - 1]));
 
    /*
     * Update relation's pg_class entry; if necessary; and if not, send an SI
     * message to make other backends (and this one) rebuild relcache entries.
     */
    pgrel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
                                ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
             RelationGetRelid(rel));
    if (!((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers)
    {
        ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relhastriggers = true;
 
        CatalogTupleUpdate(pgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
 
        CommandCounterIncrement();
    }
    else
        CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
 
    heap_freetuple(tuple);
    table_close(pgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * If we're replacing a trigger, flush all the old dependencies before
     * recording new ones.
     */
    if (trigger_exists)
        deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, true);
 
    /*
     * Record dependencies for trigger.  Always place a normal dependency on
     * the function.
     */
    myself.classId = TriggerRelationId;
    myself.objectId = trigoid;
    myself.objectSubId = 0;
 
    referenced.classId = ProcedureRelationId;
    referenced.objectId = funcoid;
    referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    if (isInternal && OidIsValid(constraintOid))
    {
        /*
         * Internally-generated trigger for a constraint, so make it an
         * internal dependency of the constraint.  We can skip depending on
         * the relation(s), as there'll be an indirect dependency via the
         * constraint.
         */
        referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
        referenced.objectSubId = 0;
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * User CREATE TRIGGER, so place dependencies.  We make trigger be
         * auto-dropped if its relation is dropped or if the FK relation is
         * dropped.  (Auto drop is compatible with our pre-7.3 behavior.)
         */
        referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
        referenced.objectSubId = 0;
        recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
 
        if (OidIsValid(constrrelid))
        {
            referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
            referenced.objectId = constrrelid;
            referenced.objectSubId = 0;
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_AUTO);
        }
        /* Not possible to have an index dependency in this case */
        Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
 
        /*
         * If it's a user-specified constraint trigger, make the constraint
         * internally dependent on the trigger instead of vice versa.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
        {
            referenced.classId = ConstraintRelationId;
            referenced.objectId = constraintOid;
            referenced.objectSubId = 0;
            recordDependencyOn(&referenced, &myself, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
        }
 
        /*
         * If it's a partition trigger, create the partition dependencies.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(parentTriggerOid))
        {
            ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTriggerOid);
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
            ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
        }
    }
 
    /* If column-specific trigger, add normal dependencies on columns */
    if (columns != NULL)
    {
        int         i;
 
        referenced.classId = RelationRelationId;
        referenced.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
        for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++)
        {
            referenced.objectSubId = columns[i];
            recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
        }
    }
 
    /*
     * If it has a WHEN clause, add dependencies on objects mentioned in the
     * expression (eg, functions, as well as any columns used).
     */
    if (whenRtable != NIL)
        recordDependencyOnExpr(&myself, whenClause, whenRtable,
                               DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
 
    /* Post creation hook for new trigger */
    InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg(TriggerRelationId, trigoid, 0,
                                  isInternal);
 
    /*
     * Lastly, create the trigger on child relations, if needed.
     */
    if (partition_recurse)
    {
        PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
        int         i;
        MemoryContext oldcxt,
                    perChildCxt;
 
        perChildCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
                                            "part trig clone",
                                            ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
 
        /*
         * We don't currently expect to be called with a valid indexOid.  If
         * that ever changes then we'll need to write code here to find the
         * corresponding child index.
         */
        Assert(!OidIsValid(indexOid));
 
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perChildCxt);
 
        /* Iterate to create the trigger on each existing partition */
        for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
        {
            CreateTrigStmt *childStmt;
            Relation    childTbl;
            Node       *qual;
 
            childTbl = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
 
            /*
             * Initialize our fabricated parse node by copying the original
             * one, then resetting fields that we pass separately.
             */
            childStmt = copyObject(stmt);
            childStmt->funcname = NIL;
            childStmt->whenClause = NULL;
 
            /* If there is a WHEN clause, create a modified copy of it */
            qual = copyObject(whenClause);
            qual = (Node *)
                map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
                                        childTbl, rel);
            qual = (Node *)
                map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
                                        childTbl, rel);
 
            CreateTriggerFiringOn(childStmt, queryString,
                                  partdesc->oids[i], refRelOid,
                                  InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
                                  funcoid, trigoid, qual,
                                  isInternal, true, trigger_fires_when);
 
            table_close(childTbl, NoLock);
 
            MemoryContextReset(perChildCxt);
        }
 
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
        MemoryContextDelete(perChildCxt);
    }
 
    /* Keep lock on target rel until end of xact */
    table_close(rel, NoLock);
 
    return myself;
}

References AccessShareLock, ACL_EXECUTE, ACL_TRIGGER, aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_OK, addNSItemToQuery(), addRangeTableEntryForRelation(), ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, allowSystemTableMods, Assert, assign_expr_collations(), attnameAttNum(), attnum, BoolGetDatum(), BTEqualStrategyNumber, buildint2vector(), byteain(), CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(), CatalogTupleInsert(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CharGetDatum(), CommandCounterIncrement(), copyObject, CreateConstraintEntry(), CreateTriggerFiringOn(), CStringGetDatum(), CStringGetTextDatum, CurrentMemoryContext, DatumGetPointer(), deleteDependencyRecordsFor(), DEPENDENCY_AUTO, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, DirectFunctionCall1, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errdetail(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errhint(), errmsg, ERROR, EXPR_KIND_TRIGGER_WHEN, fb(), find_all_inheritors(), Form_pg_trigger, free_parsestate(), get_func_rettype(), get_rel_name(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GetNewOidWithIndex(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), has_superclass(), heap_copytuple(), heap_form_tuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, Int16GetDatum(), InvalidAttrNumber, InvalidOid, InvokeObjectPostCreateHookArg, IsSystemRelation(), j, len, lfirst, lfirst_node, list_free(), list_length(), Var::location, LockRelationOid(), LookupFuncName(), make_parsestate(), makeAlias(), map_partition_varattnos(), MemoryContextDelete(), MemoryContextReset(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), name, NAMEDATALEN, namein(), NameListToString(), NameStr, NIL, nodeToString(), NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, object_aclcheck(), OBJECT_FUNCTION, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, ParseState::p_rtable, ParseState::p_sourcetext, palloc(), parser_errposition(), pfree(), pg_class_aclcheck(), PointerGetDatum(), PRS2_NEW_VARNO, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, pull_var_clause(), RangeVarGetRelid, RelationData::rd_id, RelationData::rd_rel, recordDependencyOn(), recordDependencyOnExpr(), RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), SearchSysCacheCopy1, ShareRowExclusiveLock, snprintf, stmt, strVal, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), HeapTupleData::t_self, table_close(), table_open(), table_openrv(), transformWhereClause(), TupleDescAttr(), values, Var::varattno, and Var::varno.

Referenced by CloneRowTriggersToPartition(), CreateTrigger(), and CreateTriggerFiringOn().

◆ EnableDisableTrigger()

void EnableDisableTrigger	(	Relation	rel,
		const char *	tgname,
		Oid	tgparent,
		char	fires_when,
		bool	skip_system,
		bool	recurse,
		LOCKMODE	lockmode
	)

Definition at line 1728 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    tgrel;
    int         nkeys;
    ScanKeyData keys[2];
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    bool        found;
    bool        changed;
 
    /* Scan the relevant entries in pg_triggers */
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    ScanKeyInit(&keys[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
    if (tgname)
    {
        ScanKeyInit(&keys[1],
                    Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
                    BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                    CStringGetDatum(tgname));
        nkeys = 2;
    }
    else
        nkeys = 1;
 
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, nkeys, keys);
 
    found = changed = false;
 
    while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    {
        Form_pg_trigger oldtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
        if (OidIsValid(tgparent) && tgparent != oldtrig->tgparentid)
            continue;
 
        if (oldtrig->tgisinternal)
        {
            /* system trigger ... ok to process? */
            if (skip_system)
                continue;
            if (!superuser())
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                         errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system trigger",
                                NameStr(oldtrig->tgname))));
        }
 
        found = true;
 
        if (oldtrig->tgenabled != fires_when)
        {
            /* need to change this one ... make a copy to scribble on */
            HeapTuple   newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
            Form_pg_trigger newtrig = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
 
            newtrig->tgenabled = fires_when;
 
            CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &newtup->t_self, newtup);
 
            heap_freetuple(newtup);
 
            changed = true;
        }
 
        /*
         * When altering FOR EACH ROW triggers on a partitioned table, do the
         * same on the partitions as well, unless ONLY is specified.
         *
         * Note that we recurse even if we didn't change the trigger above,
         * because the partitions' copy of the trigger may have a different
         * value of tgenabled than the parent's trigger and thus might need to
         * be changed.
         */
        if (recurse &&
            rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
            (TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(oldtrig->tgtype)))
        {
            PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
            int         i;
 
            for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
            {
                Relation    part;
 
                part = relation_open(partdesc->oids[i], lockmode);
                /* Match on child triggers' tgparentid, not their name */
                EnableDisableTrigger(part, NULL, oldtrig->oid,
                                     fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
                                     lockmode);
                table_close(part, NoLock);  /* keep lock till commit */
            }
        }
 
        InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId,
                                  oldtrig->oid, 0);
    }
 
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
 
    table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    if (tgname && !found)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
                        tgname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
    /*
     * If we changed anything, broadcast a SI inval message to force each
     * backend (including our own!) to rebuild relation's relcache entry.
     * Otherwise they will fail to apply the change promptly.
     */
    if (changed)
        CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
}

References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), CStringGetDatum(), EnableDisableTrigger(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, RelationData::rd_rel, relation_open(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), superuser(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(), and EnableDisableTrigger().

◆ ExecARDeleteTriggers()

void ExecARDeleteTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ItemPointer	tupleid,
		HeapTuple	fdw_trigtuple,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture,
		bool	is_crosspart_update
	)

Definition at line 2803 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
        transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table)
    {
        Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    }
 
    if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row) ||
        (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table))
    {
        TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
 
        Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
        if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
            GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
                               NULL,
                               relinfo,
                               tupleid,
                               LockTupleExclusive,
                               slot,
                               false,
                               NULL,
                               NULL,
                               NULL);
        else
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, slot, false);
 
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
                              true, slot, NULL, NIL, NULL,
                              transition_capture,
                              is_crosspart_update);
    }
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), Assert, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), fb(), GetTupleForTrigger(), HeapTupleIsValid, ItemPointerIsValid(), LockTupleExclusive, NIL, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_delete_old_table, TriggerDesc::trig_delete_after_row, and TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE.

Referenced by ExecDeleteEpilogue(), and ExecSimpleRelationDelete().

◆ ExecARInsertTriggers()

void ExecARInsertTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TupleTableSlot *	slot,
		List *	recheckIndexes,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture
	)

Definition at line 2545 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
        transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table)
    {
        Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    }
 
    if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row) ||
        (transition_capture && transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table))
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
                              true, NULL, slot,
                              recheckIndexes, NULL,
                              transition_capture,
                              false);
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), Assert, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), TransitionCaptureState::tcs_insert_new_table, TriggerDesc::trig_insert_after_row, and TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), CopyMultiInsertBufferFlush(), ExecBatchInsert(), ExecInsert(), and ExecSimpleRelationInsert().

◆ ExecARUpdateTriggers()

void ExecARUpdateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	src_partinfo,
		ResultRelInfo *	dst_partinfo,
		ItemPointer	tupleid,
		HeapTuple	fdw_trigtuple,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot,
		List *	recheckIndexes,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture,
		bool	is_crosspart_update
	)

Definition at line 3146 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (relinfo->ri_FdwRoutine && transition_capture &&
        (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
         transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table))
    {
        Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo);
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                 errmsg("cannot collect transition tuples from child foreign tables")));
    }
 
    if ((trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_row) ||
        (transition_capture &&
         (transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table ||
          transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table)))
    {
        /*
         * Note: if the UPDATE is converted into a DELETE+INSERT as part of
         * update-partition-key operation, then this function is also called
         * separately for DELETE and INSERT to capture transition table rows.
         * In such case, either old tuple or new tuple can be NULL.
         */
        TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
        ResultRelInfo *tupsrc;
 
        Assert((src_partinfo != NULL && dst_partinfo != NULL) ||
               !is_crosspart_update);
 
        tupsrc = src_partinfo ? src_partinfo : relinfo;
        oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, tupsrc);
 
        if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL && ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid))
            GetTupleForTrigger(estate,
                               NULL,
                               tupsrc,
                               tupleid,
                               LockTupleExclusive,
                               oldslot,
                               false,
                               NULL,
                               NULL,
                               NULL);
        else if (fdw_trigtuple != NULL)
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
        else
            ExecClearTuple(oldslot);
 
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
                              src_partinfo, dst_partinfo,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
                              true,
                              oldslot, newslot, recheckIndexes,
                              ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
                              transition_capture,
                              is_crosspart_update);
    }
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), Assert, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecClearTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), fb(), GetTupleForTrigger(), ItemPointerIsValid(), LockTupleExclusive, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_new_table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_old_table, TriggerDesc::trig_update_after_row, and TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE.

Referenced by ExecCrossPartitionUpdateForeignKey(), ExecDeleteEpilogue(), ExecInsert(), ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdateEpilogue().

◆ ExecASDeleteTriggers()

void ExecASDeleteTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture
	)

Definition at line 2683 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement)
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE,
                              false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
                              false);
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), fb(), NIL, TriggerDesc::trig_delete_after_statement, and TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE.

Referenced by fireASTriggers().

◆ ExecASInsertTriggers()

void ExecASInsertTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture
	)

Definition at line 2454 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement)
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT,
                              false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, transition_capture,
                              false);
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), fb(), NIL, TriggerDesc::trig_insert_after_statement, and TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and fireASTriggers().

◆ ExecASTruncateTriggers()

void ExecASTruncateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo
	)

Definition at line 3329 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement)
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo,
                              NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE,
                              false, NULL, NULL, NIL, NULL, NULL,
                              false);
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), fb(), NIL, TriggerDesc::trig_truncate_after_statement, and TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE.

Referenced by ExecuteTruncateGuts().

◆ ExecASUpdateTriggers()

void ExecASUpdateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture
	)

Definition at line 2955 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
 
    if (trigdesc && trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement)
        AfterTriggerSaveEvent(estate, relinfo, NULL, NULL,
                              TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE,
                              false, NULL, NULL, NIL,
                              ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate),
                              transition_capture,
                              false);
}

References AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), Assert, ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), fb(), NIL, TriggerDesc::trig_update_after_statement, and TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE.

Referenced by fireASTriggers().

◆ ExecBRDeleteTriggers()

bool ExecBRDeleteTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		EPQState *	epqstate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ItemPointer	tupleid,
		HeapTuple	fdw_trigtuple,
		TupleTableSlot **	epqslot,
		TM_Result *	tmresult,
		TM_FailureData *	tmfd,
		bool	is_merge_delete
	)

Definition at line 2703 of file trigger.c.

{
    TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    bool        result = true;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    bool        should_free = false;
    int         i;
 
    Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
 
        /*
         * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to delete.  In
         * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
         * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE DELETE action,
         * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
         * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
         * action entirely).
         */
        if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
                                LockTupleExclusive, slot, !is_merge_delete,
                                &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
            return false;
 
        /*
         * If the tuple was concurrently updated and the caller of this
         * function requested for the updated tuple, skip the trigger
         * execution.
         */
        if (epqslot_candidate != NULL && epqslot != NULL)
        {
            *epqslot = epqslot_candidate;
            return false;
        }
 
        trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
    }
    else
    {
        trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
        ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
    }
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        HeapTuple   newtuple;
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, slot, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
        if (newtuple == NULL)
        {
            result = false;     /* tell caller to suppress delete */
            break;
        }
        if (newtuple != trigtuple)
            heap_freetuple(newtuple);
    }
    if (should_free)
        heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
 
    return result;
}

References Assert, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, GetTupleForTrigger(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, ItemPointerIsValid(), LockTupleExclusive, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TriggerEnabled(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by ExecDeletePrologue(), and ExecSimpleRelationDelete().

◆ ExecBRInsertTriggers()

bool ExecBRInsertTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TupleTableSlot *	slot
	)

Definition at line 2467 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    bool        should_free;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    int         i;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   oldtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, NULL, slot))
            continue;
 
        if (!newtuple)
            newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
        if (newtuple == NULL)
        {
            if (should_free)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
            return false;       /* "do nothing" */
        }
        else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
        {
            newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
 
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
 
            /*
             * After a tuple in a partition goes through a trigger, the user
             * could have changed the partition key enough that the tuple no
             * longer fits the partition.  Verify that.
             */
            if (trigger->tgisclone &&
                !ExecPartitionCheck(relinfo, slot, estate, false))
                ereport(ERROR,
                        (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                         errmsg("moving row to another partition during a BEFORE FOR EACH ROW trigger is not supported"),
                         errdetail("Before executing trigger \"%s\", the row was to be in partition \"%s.%s\".",
                                   trigger->tgname,
                                   get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc)),
                                   RelationGetRelationName(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc))));
 
            if (should_free)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
 
            /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
            newtuple = NULL;
        }
    }
 
    return true;
}

References check_modified_virtual_generated(), ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecPartitionCheck(), fb(), get_namespace_name(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, heap_freetuple(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, RelationGetDescr, RelationGetNamespace, RelationGetRelationName, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, and TriggerData::type.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), ExecInsert(), and ExecSimpleRelationInsert().

◆ ExecBRUpdateTriggers()

bool ExecBRUpdateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		EPQState *	epqstate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ItemPointer	tupleid,
		HeapTuple	fdw_trigtuple,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot,
		TM_Result *	tmresult,
		TM_FailureData *	tmfd,
		bool	is_merge_update
	)

Definition at line 2973 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    HeapTuple   trigtuple;
    bool        should_free_trig = false;
    bool        should_free_new = false;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    int         i;
    Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
    LockTupleMode lockmode;
 
    /* Determine lock mode to use */
    lockmode = ExecUpdateLockMode(estate, relinfo);
 
    Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(fdw_trigtuple) ^ ItemPointerIsValid(tupleid));
    if (fdw_trigtuple == NULL)
    {
        TupleTableSlot *epqslot_candidate = NULL;
 
        /*
         * Get a copy of the on-disk tuple we are planning to update.  In
         * general, if the tuple has been concurrently updated, we should
         * recheck it using EPQ.  However, if this is a MERGE UPDATE action,
         * we skip this EPQ recheck and leave it to the caller (it must do
         * additional rechecking, and might end up executing a different
         * action entirely).
         */
        if (!GetTupleForTrigger(estate, epqstate, relinfo, tupleid,
                                lockmode, oldslot, !is_merge_update,
                                &epqslot_candidate, tmresult, tmfd))
            return false;       /* cancel the update action */
 
        /*
         * In READ COMMITTED isolation level it's possible that target tuple
         * was changed due to concurrent update.  In that case we have a raw
         * subplan output tuple in epqslot_candidate, and need to form a new
         * insertable tuple using ExecGetUpdateNewTuple to replace the one we
         * received in newslot.  Neither we nor our callers have any further
         * interest in the passed-in tuple, so it's okay to overwrite newslot
         * with the newer data.
         */
        if (epqslot_candidate != NULL)
        {
            TupleTableSlot *epqslot_clean;
 
            epqslot_clean = ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(relinfo, epqslot_candidate,
                                                  oldslot);
 
            /*
             * Typically, the caller's newslot was also generated by
             * ExecGetUpdateNewTuple, so that epqslot_clean will be the same
             * slot and copying is not needed.  But do the right thing if it
             * isn't.
             */
            if (unlikely(newslot != epqslot_clean))
                ExecCopySlot(newslot, epqslot_clean);
 
            /*
             * At this point newslot contains a virtual tuple that may
             * reference some fields of oldslot's tuple in some disk buffer.
             * If that tuple is in a different page than the original target
             * tuple, then our only pin on that buffer is oldslot's, and we're
             * about to release it.  Hence we'd better materialize newslot to
             * ensure it doesn't contain references into an unpinned buffer.
             * (We'd materialize it below anyway, but too late for safety.)
             */
            ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
        }
 
        /*
         * Here we convert oldslot to a materialized slot holding trigtuple.
         * Neither slot passed to the triggers will hold any buffer pin.
         */
        trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(oldslot, true, &should_free_trig);
    }
    else
    {
        /* Put the FDW-supplied tuple into oldslot to unify the cases */
        ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(fdw_trigtuple, oldslot, false);
        trigtuple = fdw_trigtuple;
    }
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
    LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   oldtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            updatedCols, oldslot, newslot))
            continue;
 
        if (!newtuple)
            newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free_new);
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 
        if (newtuple == NULL)
        {
            if (should_free_trig)
                heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
            if (should_free_new)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
            return false;       /* "do nothing" */
        }
        else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
        {
            newtuple = check_modified_virtual_generated(RelationGetDescr(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc), newtuple);
 
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
 
            /*
             * If the tuple returned by the trigger / being stored, is the old
             * row version, and the heap tuple passed to the trigger was
             * allocated locally, materialize the slot. Otherwise we might
             * free it while still referenced by the slot.
             */
            if (should_free_trig && newtuple == trigtuple)
                ExecMaterializeSlot(newslot);
 
            if (should_free_new)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
 
            /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
            newtuple = NULL;
        }
    }
    if (should_free_trig)
        heap_freetuple(trigtuple);
 
    return true;
}

References Assert, check_modified_virtual_generated(), ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecCopySlot(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), ExecGetUpdateNewTuple(), ExecMaterializeSlot(), ExecUpdateLockMode(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, GetTupleForTrigger(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, ItemPointerIsValid(), TriggerDesc::numtriggers, RelationGetDescr, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, and unlikely.

Referenced by ExecSimpleRelationUpdate(), and ExecUpdatePrologue().

◆ ExecBSDeleteTriggers()

void ExecBSDeleteTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo
	)

Definition at line 2632 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    int         i;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
 
    trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    if (!trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement)
        return;
 
    /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
                                   CMD_DELETE))
        return;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   newtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, NULL, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 
        if (newtuple)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
                     errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    }
}

References before_stmt_triggers_fired(), CMD_DELETE, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, RelationGetRelid, TriggerDesc::trig_delete_before_statement, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TriggerEnabled(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by fireBSTriggers().

◆ ExecBSInsertTriggers()

void ExecBSInsertTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo
	)

Definition at line 2403 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    int         i;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
 
    trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    if (!trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement)
        return;
 
    /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
                                   CMD_INSERT))
        return;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   newtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, NULL, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 
        if (newtuple)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
                     errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    }
}

References before_stmt_triggers_fired(), CMD_INSERT, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, RelationGetRelid, TriggerDesc::trig_insert_before_statement, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TriggerEnabled(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and fireBSTriggers().

◆ ExecBSTruncateTriggers()

void ExecBSTruncateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo
	)

Definition at line 3282 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    int         i;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
 
    trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    if (!trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement)
        return;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   newtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, NULL, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 
        if (newtuple)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
                     errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    }
}

References ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, TriggerDesc::trig_truncate_before_statement, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_TRUNCATE, TriggerEnabled(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by ExecuteTruncateGuts().

◆ ExecBSUpdateTriggers()

void ExecBSUpdateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo
	)

Definition at line 2897 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    int         i;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    Bitmapset  *updatedCols;
 
    trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
    if (!trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement)
        return;
 
    /* no-op if we already fired BS triggers in this context */
    if (before_stmt_triggers_fired(RelationGetRelid(relinfo->ri_RelationDesc),
                                   CMD_UPDATE))
        return;
 
    /* statement-level triggers operate on the parent table */
    Assert(relinfo->ri_RootResultRelInfo == NULL);
 
    updatedCols = ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(relinfo, estate);
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    LocTriggerData.tg_updatedcols = updatedCols;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   newtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            updatedCols, NULL, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
 
        if (newtuple)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
                     errmsg("BEFORE STATEMENT trigger cannot return a value")));
    }
}

References Assert, before_stmt_triggers_fired(), CMD_UPDATE, ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecGetAllUpdatedCols(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, RelationGetRelid, TriggerDesc::trig_update_before_statement, TRIGGER_EVENT_BEFORE, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, TriggerEnabled(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by fireBSTriggers().

◆ ExecCallTriggerFunc()

static HeapTuple ExecCallTriggerFunc	(	TriggerData *	trigdata,
		int	tgindx,
		FmgrInfo *	finfo,
		Instrumentation *	instr,
		MemoryContext	per_tuple_context
	)

static

Definition at line 2311 of file trigger.c.

{
    LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
    PgStat_FunctionCallUsage fcusage;
    Datum       result;
    MemoryContext oldContext;
 
    /*
     * Protect against code paths that may fail to initialize transition table
     * info.
     */
    Assert(((TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT(trigdata->tg_event) ||
             TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(trigdata->tg_event) ||
             TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE(trigdata->tg_event)) &&
            TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER(trigdata->tg_event) &&
            !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE) &&
            !(trigdata->tg_event & AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED)) ||
           (trigdata->tg_oldtable == NULL && trigdata->tg_newtable == NULL));
 
    finfo += tgindx;
 
    /*
     * We cache fmgr lookup info, to avoid making the lookup again on each
     * call.
     */
    if (finfo->fn_oid == InvalidOid)
        fmgr_info(trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid, finfo);
 
    Assert(finfo->fn_oid == trigdata->tg_trigger->tgfoid);
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, start charging time to this trigger.
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStartNode(instr + tgindx);
 
    /*
     * Do the function evaluation in the per-tuple memory context, so that
     * leaked memory will be reclaimed once per tuple. Note in particular that
     * any new tuple created by the trigger function will live till the end of
     * the tuple cycle.
     */
    oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(per_tuple_context);
 
    /*
     * Call the function, passing no arguments but setting a context.
     */
    InitFunctionCallInfoData(*fcinfo, finfo, 0,
                             InvalidOid, (Node *) trigdata, NULL);
 
    pgstat_init_function_usage(fcinfo, &fcusage);
 
    MyTriggerDepth++;
    PG_TRY();
    {
        result = FunctionCallInvoke(fcinfo);
    }
    PG_FINALLY();
    {
        MyTriggerDepth--;
    }
    PG_END_TRY();
 
    pgstat_end_function_usage(&fcusage, true);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
 
    /*
     * Trigger protocol allows function to return a null pointer, but NOT to
     * set the isnull result flag.
     */
    if (fcinfo->isnull)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_E_R_I_E_TRIGGER_PROTOCOL_VIOLATED),
                 errmsg("trigger function %u returned null value",
                        fcinfo->flinfo->fn_oid)));
 
    /*
     * If doing EXPLAIN ANALYZE, stop charging time to this trigger, and count
     * one "tuple returned" (really the number of firings).
     */
    if (instr)
        InstrStopNode(instr + tgindx, 1);
 
    return (HeapTuple) DatumGetPointer(result);
}

References AFTER_TRIGGER_DEFERRABLE, AFTER_TRIGGER_INITDEFERRED, Assert, DatumGetPointer(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), fmgr_info(), FmgrInfo::fn_oid, FunctionCallInvoke, InitFunctionCallInfoData, InstrStartNode(), InstrStopNode(), InvalidOid, LOCAL_FCINFO, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MyTriggerDepth, PG_END_TRY, PG_FINALLY, PG_TRY, pgstat_end_function_usage(), pgstat_init_function_usage(), TriggerData::tg_event, TriggerData::tg_newtable, TriggerData::tg_oldtable, TriggerData::tg_trigger, Trigger::tgfoid, TRIGGER_FIRED_AFTER, TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_DELETE, TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_INSERT, and TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE.

Referenced by AfterTriggerExecute(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecBSDeleteTriggers(), ExecBSInsertTriggers(), ExecBSTruncateTriggers(), ExecBSUpdateTriggers(), ExecIRDeleteTriggers(), ExecIRInsertTriggers(), and ExecIRUpdateTriggers().

◆ ExecIRDeleteTriggers()

bool ExecIRDeleteTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		HeapTuple	trigtuple
	)

Definition at line 2850 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    TupleTableSlot *slot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    int         i;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
    ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, slot, false);
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        HeapTuple   rettuple;
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, slot, NULL))
            continue;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        rettuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
        if (rettuple == NULL)
            return false;       /* Delete was suppressed */
        if (rettuple != trigtuple)
            heap_freetuple(rettuple);
    }
    return true;
}

References ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, heap_freetuple(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, and TriggerData::type.

Referenced by ExecDelete(), and ExecMergeMatched().

◆ ExecIRInsertTriggers()

bool ExecIRInsertTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TupleTableSlot *	slot
	)

Definition at line 2571 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    bool        should_free;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    int         i;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   oldtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, NULL, slot))
            continue;
 
        if (!newtuple)
            newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, true, &should_free);
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = slot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
        if (newtuple == NULL)
        {
            if (should_free)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
            return false;       /* "do nothing" */
        }
        else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
        {
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, slot, false);
 
            if (should_free)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
 
            /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
            newtuple = NULL;
        }
    }
 
    return true;
}

References ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, heap_freetuple(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, and TriggerData::type.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecInsert().

◆ ExecIRUpdateTriggers()

bool ExecIRUpdateTriggers	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		HeapTuple	trigtuple,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot
	)

Definition at line 3216 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc = relinfo->ri_TrigDesc;
    TupleTableSlot *oldslot = ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(estate, relinfo);
    HeapTuple   newtuple = NULL;
    bool        should_free;
    TriggerData LocTriggerData = {0};
    int         i;
 
    LocTriggerData.type = T_TriggerData;
    LocTriggerData.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW |
        TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD;
    LocTriggerData.tg_relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
    ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(trigtuple, oldslot, false);
 
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
        HeapTuple   oldtuple;
 
        if (!TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(trigger->tgtype,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD,
                                  TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE))
            continue;
        if (!TriggerEnabled(estate, relinfo, trigger, LocTriggerData.tg_event,
                            NULL, oldslot, newslot))
            continue;
 
        if (!newtuple)
            newtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(newslot, true, &should_free);
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigslot = oldslot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigtuple = trigtuple;
        LocTriggerData.tg_newslot = newslot;
        LocTriggerData.tg_newtuple = oldtuple = newtuple;
 
        LocTriggerData.tg_trigger = trigger;
        newtuple = ExecCallTriggerFunc(&LocTriggerData,
                                       i,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigFunctions,
                                       relinfo->ri_TrigInstrument,
                                       GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
        if (newtuple == NULL)
        {
            return false;       /* "do nothing" */
        }
        else if (newtuple != oldtuple)
        {
            ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(newtuple, newslot, false);
 
            if (should_free)
                heap_freetuple(oldtuple);
 
            /* signal tuple should be re-fetched if used */
            newtuple = NULL;
        }
    }
 
    return true;
}

References ExecCallTriggerFunc(), ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(), ExecForceStoreHeapTuple(), ExecGetTriggerOldSlot(), fb(), GetPerTupleMemoryContext, heap_freetuple(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, TriggerEnabled(), TriggerDesc::triggers, and TriggerData::type.

Referenced by ExecMergeMatched(), and ExecUpdate().

◆ FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance()

const char * FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance ( TriggerDesc * trigdesc )

Definition at line 2279 of file trigger.c.

{
    if (trigdesc != NULL)
    {
        int         i;
 
        for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; ++i)
        {
            Trigger    *trigger = &trigdesc->triggers[i];
 
            if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigger->tgtype))
                continue;
            if (trigger->tgoldtable != NULL || trigger->tgnewtable != NULL)
                return trigger->tgname;
        }
    }
 
    return NULL;
}

References fb(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, Trigger::tgname, and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by ATExecAddInherit(), and ATExecAttachPartition().

◆ FreeTriggerDesc()

void FreeTriggerDesc ( TriggerDesc * trigdesc )

Definition at line 2147 of file trigger.c.

{
    Trigger    *trigger;
    int         i;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return;
 
    trigger = trigdesc->triggers;
    for (i = 0; i < trigdesc->numtriggers; i++)
    {
        pfree(trigger->tgname);
        if (trigger->tgnattr > 0)
            pfree(trigger->tgattr);
        if (trigger->tgnargs > 0)
        {
            while (--(trigger->tgnargs) >= 0)
                pfree(trigger->tgargs[trigger->tgnargs]);
            pfree(trigger->tgargs);
        }
        if (trigger->tgqual)
            pfree(trigger->tgqual);
        if (trigger->tgoldtable)
            pfree(trigger->tgoldtable);
        if (trigger->tgnewtable)
            pfree(trigger->tgnewtable);
        trigger++;
    }
    pfree(trigdesc->triggers);
    pfree(trigdesc);
}

References fb(), i, TriggerDesc::numtriggers, pfree(), and TriggerDesc::triggers.

Referenced by RelationBuildTriggers(), and RelationDestroyRelation().

◆ get_trigger_oid()

Oid get_trigger_oid	(	Oid	relid,
		const char *	trigname,
		bool	missing_ok
	)

Definition at line 1372 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    tgrel;
    ScanKeyData skey[2];
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Oid         oid;
 
    /*
     * Find the trigger, verify permissions, set up object address
     */
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
 
    ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                CStringGetDatum(trigname));
 
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 2, skey);
 
    tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
 
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    {
        if (!missing_ok)
            ereport(ERROR,
                    (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                     errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
                            trigname, get_rel_name(relid))));
        oid = InvalidOid;
    }
    else
    {
        oid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->oid;
    }
 
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
    table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
    return oid;
}

References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CStringGetDatum(), ereport, errcode(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, ObjectIdGetDatum(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by get_object_address_relobject().

◆ GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot()

static TupleTableSlot * GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot	(	AfterTriggersTableData *	table,
		TupleDesc	tupdesc
	)

static

Definition at line 4910 of file trigger.c.

{
    /* Create it if not already done. */
    if (!table->storeslot)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcxt;
 
        /*
         * We need this slot only until AfterTriggerEndQuery, but making it
         * last till end-of-subxact is good enough.  It'll be freed by
         * AfterTriggerFreeQuery().  However, the passed-in tupdesc might have
         * a different lifespan, so we'd better make a copy of that.
         */
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
        tupdesc = CreateTupleDescCopy(tupdesc);
        table->storeslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(tupdesc, &TTSOpsVirtual);
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
    }
 
    return table->storeslot;
}

References CreateTupleDescCopy(), CurTransactionContext, fb(), MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), table, and TTSOpsVirtual.

Referenced by TransitionTableAddTuple().

◆ GetAfterTriggersTableData()

static AfterTriggersTableData * GetAfterTriggersTableData	(	Oid	relid,
		CmdType	cmdType
	)

static

Definition at line 4868 of file trigger.c.

{
    AfterTriggersTableData *table;
    AfterTriggersQueryData *qs;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
    ListCell   *lc;
 
    /* At this level, cmdType should not be, eg, CMD_MERGE */
    Assert(cmdType == CMD_INSERT ||
           cmdType == CMD_UPDATE ||
           cmdType == CMD_DELETE);
 
    /* Caller should have ensured query_depth is OK. */
    Assert(afterTriggers.query_depth >= 0 &&
           afterTriggers.query_depth < afterTriggers.maxquerydepth);
    qs = &afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth];
 
    foreach(lc, qs->tables)
    {
        table = (AfterTriggersTableData *) lfirst(lc);
        if (table->relid == relid && table->cmdType == cmdType &&
            !table->closed)
            return table;
    }
 
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
 
    table = palloc0_object(AfterTriggersTableData);
    table->relid = relid;
    table->cmdType = cmdType;
    qs->tables = lappend(qs->tables, table);
 
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    return table;
}

References afterTriggers, Assert, CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_UPDATE, CurTransactionContext, fb(), lappend(), lfirst, AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), palloc0_object, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, and table.

Referenced by before_stmt_triggers_fired(), cancel_prior_stmt_triggers(), and MakeTransitionCaptureState().

◆ GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable()

static Tuplestorestate * GetAfterTriggersTransitionTable	(	int	event,
		TupleTableSlot *	oldslot,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture
	)

static

Definition at line 5537 of file trigger.c.

{
    Tuplestorestate *tuplestore = NULL;
    bool        delete_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_old_table;
    bool        update_old_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_old_table;
    bool        update_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_update_new_table;
    bool        insert_new_table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_new_table;
 
    /*
     * For INSERT events NEW should be non-NULL, for DELETE events OLD should
     * be non-NULL, whereas for UPDATE events normally both OLD and NEW are
     * non-NULL.  But for UPDATE events fired for capturing transition tuples
     * during UPDATE partition-key row movement, OLD is NULL when the event is
     * for a row being inserted, whereas NEW is NULL when the event is for a
     * row being deleted.
     */
    Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table &&
             TupIsNull(oldslot)));
    Assert(!(event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table &&
             TupIsNull(newslot)));
 
    if (!TupIsNull(oldslot))
    {
        Assert(TupIsNull(newslot));
        if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE && delete_old_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private->old_tuplestore;
        else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_old_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->old_tuplestore;
    }
    else if (!TupIsNull(newslot))
    {
        Assert(TupIsNull(oldslot));
        if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT && insert_new_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private->new_tuplestore;
        else if (event == TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE && update_new_table)
            tuplestore = transition_capture->tcs_update_private->new_tuplestore;
    }
 
    return tuplestore;
}

References Assert, fb(), AfterTriggersTableData::new_tuplestore, AfterTriggersTableData::old_tuplestore, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_delete_old_table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_delete_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_insert_new_table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_insert_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_new_table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_old_table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_private, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, and TupIsNull.

Referenced by AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ GetCurrentFDWTuplestore()

static Tuplestorestate * GetCurrentFDWTuplestore ( void )

static

Definition at line 3973 of file trigger.c.

{
    Tuplestorestate *ret;
 
    ret = afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore;
    if (ret == NULL)
    {
        MemoryContext oldcxt;
        ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
 
        /*
         * Make the tuplestore valid until end of subtransaction.  We really
         * only need it until AfterTriggerEndQuery().
         */
        oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
        saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
        CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
 
        ret = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
 
        CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
        MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
        afterTriggers.query_stack[afterTriggers.query_depth].fdw_tuplestore = ret;
    }
 
    return ret;
}

References afterTriggers, CurrentResourceOwner, CurTransactionContext, CurTransactionResourceOwner, fb(), AfterTriggersQueryData::fdw_tuplestore, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), AfterTriggersData::query_depth, AfterTriggersData::query_stack, tuplestore_begin_heap(), and work_mem.

Referenced by AfterTriggerExecute(), and AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ GetTupleForTrigger()

static bool GetTupleForTrigger	(	EState *	estate,
		EPQState *	epqstate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		ItemPointer	tid,
		LockTupleMode	lockmode,
		TupleTableSlot *	oldslot,
		bool	do_epq_recheck,
		TupleTableSlot **	epqslot,
		TM_Result *	tmresultp,
		TM_FailureData *	tmfdp
	)

static

Definition at line 3346 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    relation = relinfo->ri_RelationDesc;
 
    if (epqslot != NULL)
    {
        TM_Result   test;
        TM_FailureData tmfd;
        int         lockflags = 0;
 
        *epqslot = NULL;
 
        /* caller must pass an epqstate if EvalPlanQual is possible */
        Assert(epqstate != NULL);
 
        /*
         * lock tuple for update
         */
        if (!IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
            lockflags |= TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION;
        test = table_tuple_lock(relation, tid, estate->es_snapshot, oldslot,
                                estate->es_output_cid,
                                lockmode, LockWaitBlock,
                                lockflags,
                                &tmfd);
 
        /* Let the caller know about the status of this operation */
        if (tmresultp)
            *tmresultp = test;
        if (tmfdp)
            *tmfdp = tmfd;
 
        switch (test)
        {
            case TM_SelfModified:
 
                /*
                 * The target tuple was already updated or deleted by the
                 * current command, or by a later command in the current
                 * transaction.  We ignore the tuple in the former case, and
                 * throw error in the latter case, for the same reasons
                 * enumerated in ExecUpdate and ExecDelete in
                 * nodeModifyTable.c.
                 */
                if (tmfd.cmax != estate->es_output_cid)
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_TRIGGERED_DATA_CHANGE_VIOLATION),
                             errmsg("tuple to be updated was already modified by an operation triggered by the current command"),
                             errhint("Consider using an AFTER trigger instead of a BEFORE trigger to propagate changes to other rows.")));
 
                /* treat it as deleted; do not process */
                return false;
 
            case TM_Ok:
                if (tmfd.traversed)
                {
                    /*
                     * Recheck the tuple using EPQ, if requested.  Otherwise,
                     * just return that it was concurrently updated.
                     */
                    if (do_epq_recheck)
                    {
                        *epqslot = EvalPlanQual(epqstate,
                                                relation,
                                                relinfo->ri_RangeTableIndex,
                                                oldslot);
 
                        /*
                         * If PlanQual failed for updated tuple - we must not
                         * process this tuple!
                         */
                        if (TupIsNull(*epqslot))
                        {
                            *epqslot = NULL;
                            return false;
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        if (tmresultp)
                            *tmresultp = TM_Updated;
                        return false;
                    }
                }
                break;
 
            case TM_Updated:
                if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
                             errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent update")));
                elog(ERROR, "unexpected table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
                break;
 
            case TM_Deleted:
                if (IsolationUsesXactSnapshot())
                    ereport(ERROR,
                            (errcode(ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE),
                             errmsg("could not serialize access due to concurrent delete")));
                /* tuple was deleted */
                return false;
 
            case TM_Invisible:
                elog(ERROR, "attempted to lock invisible tuple");
                break;
 
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "unrecognized table_tuple_lock status: %u", test);
                return false;   /* keep compiler quiet */
        }
    }
    else
    {
        /*
         * We expect the tuple to be present, thus very simple error handling
         * suffices.
         */
        if (!table_tuple_fetch_row_version(relation, tid, SnapshotAny,
                                           oldslot))
            elog(ERROR, "failed to fetch tuple for trigger");
    }
 
    return true;
}

References Assert, TM_FailureData::cmax, elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_T_R_SERIALIZATION_FAILURE, errhint(), errmsg, ERROR, EState::es_output_cid, EState::es_snapshot, EvalPlanQual(), fb(), IsolationUsesXactSnapshot, LockWaitBlock, SnapshotAny, table_tuple_fetch_row_version(), table_tuple_lock(), test(), TM_Deleted, TM_Invisible, TM_Ok, TM_SelfModified, TM_Updated, TM_FailureData::traversed, TupIsNull, and TUPLE_LOCK_FLAG_FIND_LAST_VERSION.

Referenced by ExecARDeleteTriggers(), ExecARUpdateTriggers(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), and ExecBRUpdateTriggers().

◆ MakeTransitionCaptureState()

TransitionCaptureState * MakeTransitionCaptureState	(	TriggerDesc *	trigdesc,
		Oid	relid,
		CmdType	cmdType
	)

Definition at line 4959 of file trigger.c.

{
    TransitionCaptureState *state;
    bool        need_old_upd,
                need_new_upd,
                need_old_del,
                need_new_ins;
    AfterTriggersTableData *ins_table;
    AfterTriggersTableData *upd_table;
    AfterTriggersTableData *del_table;
    MemoryContext oldcxt;
    ResourceOwner saveResourceOwner;
 
    if (trigdesc == NULL)
        return NULL;
 
    /* Detect which table(s) we need. */
    switch (cmdType)
    {
        case CMD_INSERT:
            need_old_upd = need_old_del = need_new_upd = false;
            need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
            break;
        case CMD_UPDATE:
            need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
            need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
            need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
        case CMD_DELETE:
            need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
            need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
        case CMD_MERGE:
            need_old_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_old_table;
            need_new_upd = trigdesc->trig_update_new_table;
            need_old_del = trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table;
            need_new_ins = trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table;
            break;
        default:
            elog(ERROR, "unexpected CmdType: %d", (int) cmdType);
            /* keep compiler quiet */
            need_old_upd = need_new_upd = need_old_del = need_new_ins = false;
            break;
    }
    if (!need_old_upd && !need_new_upd && !need_new_ins && !need_old_del)
        return NULL;
 
    /* Check state, like AfterTriggerSaveEvent. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth < 0)
        elog(ERROR, "MakeTransitionCaptureState() called outside of query");
 
    /* Be sure we have enough space to record events at this query depth. */
    if (afterTriggers.query_depth >= afterTriggers.maxquerydepth)
        AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState();
 
    /*
     * Find or create AfterTriggersTableData struct(s) to hold the
     * tuplestore(s).  If there's a matching struct but it's marked closed,
     * ignore it; we need a newer one.
     *
     * Note: MERGE must use the same AfterTriggersTableData structs as INSERT,
     * UPDATE, and DELETE, so that any MERGE'd tuples are added to the same
     * tuplestores as tuples from any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE commands
     * running in the same top-level command (e.g., in a writable CTE).
     *
     * Note: the AfterTriggersTableData list, as well as the tuplestores, are
     * allocated in the current (sub)transaction's CurTransactionContext, and
     * the tuplestores are managed by the (sub)transaction's resource owner.
     * This is sufficient lifespan because we do not allow triggers using
     * transition tables to be deferrable; they will be fired during
     * AfterTriggerEndQuery, after which it's okay to delete the data.
     */
    if (need_new_ins)
        ins_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_INSERT);
    else
        ins_table = NULL;
 
    if (need_old_upd || need_new_upd)
        upd_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_UPDATE);
    else
        upd_table = NULL;
 
    if (need_old_del)
        del_table = GetAfterTriggersTableData(relid, CMD_DELETE);
    else
        del_table = NULL;
 
    /* Now create required tuplestore(s), if we don't have them already. */
    oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CurTransactionContext);
    saveResourceOwner = CurrentResourceOwner;
    CurrentResourceOwner = CurTransactionResourceOwner;
 
    if (need_old_upd && upd_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
        upd_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_new_upd && upd_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
        upd_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_old_del && del_table->old_tuplestore == NULL)
        del_table->old_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
    if (need_new_ins && ins_table->new_tuplestore == NULL)
        ins_table->new_tuplestore = tuplestore_begin_heap(false, false, work_mem);
 
    CurrentResourceOwner = saveResourceOwner;
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
 
    /* Now build the TransitionCaptureState struct, in caller's context */
    state = palloc0_object(TransitionCaptureState);
    state->tcs_delete_old_table = need_old_del;
    state->tcs_update_old_table = need_old_upd;
    state->tcs_update_new_table = need_new_upd;
    state->tcs_insert_new_table = need_new_ins;
    state->tcs_insert_private = ins_table;
    state->tcs_update_private = upd_table;
    state->tcs_delete_private = del_table;
 
    return state;
}

References AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState(), afterTriggers, CMD_DELETE, CMD_INSERT, CMD_MERGE, CMD_UPDATE, CurrentResourceOwner, CurTransactionContext, CurTransactionResourceOwner, elog, ERROR, fb(), GetAfterTriggersTableData(), AfterTriggersData::maxquerydepth, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), palloc0_object, AfterTriggersData::query_depth, TriggerDesc::trig_delete_old_table, TriggerDesc::trig_insert_new_table, TriggerDesc::trig_update_new_table, TriggerDesc::trig_update_old_table, tuplestore_begin_heap(), and work_mem.

Referenced by CopyFrom(), and ExecSetupTransitionCaptureState().

◆ pg_trigger_depth()

Datum pg_trigger_depth ( PG_FUNCTION_ARGS )

Definition at line 6720 of file trigger.c.

{
    PG_RETURN_INT32(MyTriggerDepth);
}

References MyTriggerDepth, and PG_RETURN_INT32.

◆ RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger()

static void RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger	(	const RangeVar *	rv,
		Oid	relid,
		Oid	oldrelid,
		void *	arg
	)

static

Definition at line 1422 of file trigger.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_class form;
 
    tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        return;                 /* concurrently dropped */
    form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
    /* only tables and views can have triggers */
    if (form->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && form->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
        form->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
        form->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
                        rv->relname),
                 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(form->relkind)));
 
    /* you must own the table to rename one of its triggers */
    if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
        aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
    if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, form))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
                        rv->relname)));
 
    ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
}

References aclcheck_error(), ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, allowSystemTableMods, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), get_rel_relkind(), get_relkind_objtype(), GETSTRUCT(), GetUserId(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsSystemClass(), object_ownercheck(), ObjectIdGetDatum(), ReleaseSysCache(), RangeVar::relname, and SearchSysCache1().

Referenced by renametrig().

◆ RelationBuildTriggers()

void RelationBuildTriggers ( Relation relation )

Definition at line 1863 of file trigger.c.

{
    TriggerDesc *trigdesc;
    int         numtrigs;
    int         maxtrigs;
    Trigger    *triggers;
    Relation    tgrel;
    ScanKeyData skey;
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    HeapTuple   htup;
    MemoryContext oldContext;
    int         i;
 
    /*
     * Allocate a working array to hold the triggers (the array is extended if
     * necessary)
     */
    maxtrigs = 16;
    triggers = (Trigger *) palloc(maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
    numtrigs = 0;
 
    /*
     * Note: since we scan the triggers using TriggerRelidNameIndexId, we will
     * be reading the triggers in name order, except possibly during
     * emergency-recovery operations (ie, IgnoreSystemIndexes). This in turn
     * ensures that triggers will be fired in name order.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&skey,
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(relation)));
 
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 1, &skey);
 
    while (HeapTupleIsValid(htup = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    {
        Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(htup);
        Trigger    *build;
        Datum       datum;
        bool        isnull;
 
        if (numtrigs >= maxtrigs)
        {
            maxtrigs *= 2;
            triggers = (Trigger *) repalloc(triggers, maxtrigs * sizeof(Trigger));
        }
        build = &(triggers[numtrigs]);
 
        build->tgoid = pg_trigger->oid;
        build->tgname = DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout,
                                                            NameGetDatum(&pg_trigger->tgname)));
        build->tgfoid = pg_trigger->tgfoid;
        build->tgtype = pg_trigger->tgtype;
        build->tgenabled = pg_trigger->tgenabled;
        build->tgisinternal = pg_trigger->tgisinternal;
        build->tgisclone = OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid);
        build->tgconstrrelid = pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid;
        build->tgconstrindid = pg_trigger->tgconstrindid;
        build->tgconstraint = pg_trigger->tgconstraint;
        build->tgdeferrable = pg_trigger->tgdeferrable;
        build->tginitdeferred = pg_trigger->tginitdeferred;
        build->tgnargs = pg_trigger->tgnargs;
        /* tgattr is first var-width field, so OK to access directly */
        build->tgnattr = pg_trigger->tgattr.dim1;
        if (build->tgnattr > 0)
        {
            build->tgattr = (int16 *) palloc(build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
            memcpy(build->tgattr, &(pg_trigger->tgattr.values),
                   build->tgnattr * sizeof(int16));
        }
        else
            build->tgattr = NULL;
        if (build->tgnargs > 0)
        {
            bytea      *val;
            char       *p;
 
            val = DatumGetByteaPP(fastgetattr(htup,
                                              Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
                                              tgrel->rd_att, &isnull));
            if (isnull)
                elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null in trigger for relation \"%s\"",
                     RelationGetRelationName(relation));
            p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(val);
            build->tgargs = (char **) palloc(build->tgnargs * sizeof(char *));
            for (i = 0; i < build->tgnargs; i++)
            {
                build->tgargs[i] = pstrdup(p);
                p += strlen(p) + 1;
            }
        }
        else
            build->tgargs = NULL;
 
        datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgoldtable,
                            tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
        if (!isnull)
            build->tgoldtable =
                DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
        else
            build->tgoldtable = NULL;
 
        datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgnewtable,
                            tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
        if (!isnull)
            build->tgnewtable =
                DatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall1(nameout, datum));
        else
            build->tgnewtable = NULL;
 
        datum = fastgetattr(htup, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
                            tgrel->rd_att, &isnull);
        if (!isnull)
            build->tgqual = TextDatumGetCString(datum);
        else
            build->tgqual = NULL;
 
        numtrigs++;
    }
 
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
    table_close(tgrel, AccessShareLock);
 
    /* There might not be any triggers */
    if (numtrigs == 0)
    {
        pfree(triggers);
        return;
    }
 
    /* Build trigdesc */
    trigdesc = palloc0_object(TriggerDesc);
    trigdesc->triggers = triggers;
    trigdesc->numtriggers = numtrigs;
    for (i = 0; i < numtrigs; i++)
        SetTriggerFlags(trigdesc, &(triggers[i]));
 
    /* Copy completed trigdesc into cache storage */
    oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
    relation->trigdesc = CopyTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
 
    /* Release working memory */
    FreeTriggerDesc(trigdesc);
}

References AccessShareLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheMemoryContext, CopyTriggerDesc(), DatumGetByteaPP, DatumGetCString(), DirectFunctionCall1, elog, ERROR, fastgetattr(), fb(), Form_pg_trigger, FreeTriggerDesc(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, MemoryContextSwitchTo(), NameGetDatum(), nameout(), TriggerDesc::numtriggers, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, palloc(), palloc0_object, pfree(), pstrdup(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, repalloc(), ScanKeyInit(), SetTriggerFlags(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), table_open(), TextDatumGetCString, Trigger::tgoid, RelationData::trigdesc, TriggerDesc::triggers, val, and VARDATA_ANY().

Referenced by RelationBuildDesc(), and RelationCacheInitializePhase3().

◆ RemoveTriggerById()

void RemoveTriggerById ( Oid trigOid )

Definition at line 1293 of file trigger.c.

{
    Relation    tgrel;
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    ScanKeyData skey[1];
    HeapTuple   tup;
    Oid         relid;
    Relation    rel;
 
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Find the trigger to delete.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(trigOid));
 
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 1, skey);
 
    tup = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
        elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", trigOid);
 
    /*
     * Open and exclusive-lock the relation the trigger belongs to.
     */
    relid = ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tup))->tgrelid;
 
    rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
 
    if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
        rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
        rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
        rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
                 errmsg("relation \"%s\" cannot have triggers",
                        RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
                 errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
 
    if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
                 errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
                        RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
 
    /*
     * Delete the pg_trigger tuple.
     */
    CatalogTupleDelete(tgrel, &tup->t_self);
 
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
    table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * We do not bother to try to determine whether any other triggers remain,
     * which would be needed in order to decide whether it's safe to clear the
     * relation's relhastriggers.  (In any case, there might be a concurrent
     * process adding new triggers.)  Instead, just force a relcache inval to
     * make other backends (and this one too!) rebuild their relcache entries.
     * There's no great harm in leaving relhastriggers true even if there are
     * no triggers left.
     */
    CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
 
    /* Keep lock on trigger's rel until end of xact */
    table_close(rel, NoLock);
}

References AccessExclusiveLock, allowSystemTableMods, BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleDelete(), elog, ereport, errcode(), errdetail_relkind_not_supported(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, IsSystemRelation(), NoLock, ObjectIdGetDatum(), RelationData::rd_rel, RelationGetRelationName, RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by doDeletion().

◆ renametrig()

ObjectAddress renametrig ( RenameStmt * stmt )

Definition at line 1469 of file trigger.c.

{
    Oid         tgoid;
    Relation    targetrel;
    Relation    tgrel;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    ScanKeyData key[2];
    Oid         relid;
    ObjectAddress address;
 
    /*
     * Look up name, check permissions, and acquire lock (which we will NOT
     * release until end of transaction).
     */
    relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
                                     0,
                                     RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger,
                                     NULL);
 
    /* Have lock already, so just need to build relcache entry. */
    targetrel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
 
    /*
     * On partitioned tables, this operation recurses to partitions.  Lock all
     * tables upfront.
     */
    if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
        (void) find_all_inheritors(relid, AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
 
    tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Search for the trigger to modify.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                PointerGetDatum(stmt->subname));
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 2, key);
    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    {
        Form_pg_trigger trigform;
 
        trigform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
        tgoid = trigform->oid;
 
        /*
         * If the trigger descends from a trigger on a parent partitioned
         * table, reject the rename.  We don't allow a trigger in a partition
         * to differ in name from that of its parent: that would lead to an
         * inconsistency that pg_dump would not reproduce.
         */
        if (OidIsValid(trigform->tgparentid))
            ereport(ERROR,
                    errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
                    errmsg("cannot rename trigger \"%s\" on table \"%s\"",
                           stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)),
                    errhint("Rename the trigger on the partitioned table \"%s\" instead.",
                            get_rel_name(get_partition_parent(relid, false))));
 
 
        /* Rename the trigger on this relation ... */
        renametrig_internal(tgrel, targetrel, tuple, stmt->newname,
                            stmt->subname);
 
        /* ... and if it is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
        if (targetrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
        {
            PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(targetrel, true);
 
            for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
            {
                Oid         partitionId = partdesc->oids[i];
 
                renametrig_partition(tgrel, partitionId, trigform->oid,
                                     stmt->newname, stmt->subname);
            }
        }
    }
    else
    {
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
                        stmt->subname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    }
 
    ObjectAddressSet(address, TriggerRelationId, tgoid);
 
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
 
    table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
 
    /*
     * Close rel, but keep exclusive lock!
     */
    relation_close(targetrel, NoLock);
 
    return address;
}

References AccessExclusiveLock, BTEqualStrategyNumber, ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg, ERROR, fb(), find_all_inheritors(), Form_pg_trigger, get_partition_parent(), get_rel_name(), GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, PartitionDescData::oids, PointerGetDatum(), RangeVarCallbackForRenameTrigger(), RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), relation_close(), relation_open(), RelationGetPartitionDesc(), RelationGetRelationName, renametrig_internal(), renametrig_partition(), RowExclusiveLock, ScanKeyInit(), stmt, systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by ExecRenameStmt().

◆ renametrig_internal()

static void renametrig_internal	(	Relation	tgrel,
		Relation	targetrel,
		HeapTuple	trigtup,
		const char *	newname,
		const char *	expected_name
	)

static

Definition at line 1584 of file trigger.c.

{
    HeapTuple   tuple;
    Form_pg_trigger tgform;
    ScanKeyData key[2];
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
 
    /* If the trigger already has the new name, nothing to do. */
    tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
    if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), newname) == 0)
        return;
 
    /*
     * Before actually trying the rename, search for triggers with the same
     * name.  The update would fail with an ugly message in that case, and it
     * is better to throw a nicer error.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(targetrel)));
    ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgname,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
                PointerGetDatum(newname));
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 2, key);
    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
        ereport(ERROR,
                (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
                 errmsg("trigger \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
                        newname, RelationGetRelationName(targetrel))));
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
 
    /*
     * The target name is free; update the existing pg_trigger tuple with it.
     */
    tuple = heap_copytuple(trigtup);    /* need a modifiable copy */
    tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
 
    /*
     * If the trigger has a name different from what we expected, let the user
     * know. (We can proceed anyway, since we must have reached here following
     * a tgparentid link.)
     */
    if (strcmp(NameStr(tgform->tgname), expected_name) != 0)
        ereport(NOTICE,
                errmsg("renamed trigger \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
                       NameStr(tgform->tgname),
                       RelationGetRelationName(targetrel)));
 
    namestrcpy(&tgform->tgname, newname);
 
    CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
 
    InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
 
    /*
     * Invalidate relation's relcache entry so that other backends (and this
     * one too!) are sent SI message to make them rebuild relcache entries.
     * (Ideally this should happen automatically...)
     */
    CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrel);
}

References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CacheInvalidateRelcache(), CatalogTupleUpdate(), ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT, errmsg, ERROR, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvokeObjectPostAlterHook, NameStr, namestrcpy(), NOTICE, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PointerGetDatum(), RelationGetRelationName, RelationGetRelid, ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.

Referenced by renametrig(), and renametrig_partition().

◆ renametrig_partition()

static void renametrig_partition	(	Relation	tgrel,
		Oid	partitionId,
		Oid	parentTriggerOid,
		const char *	newname,
		const char *	expected_name
	)

static

Definition at line 1655 of file trigger.c.

{
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    ScanKeyData key;
    HeapTuple   tuple;
 
    /*
     * Given a relation and the OID of a trigger on parent relation, find the
     * corresponding trigger in the child and rename that trigger to the given
     * name.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&key,
                Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 1, &key);
    while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
    {
        Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
        Relation    partitionRel;
 
        if (tgform->tgparentid != parentTriggerOid)
            continue;           /* not our trigger */
 
        partitionRel = table_open(partitionId, NoLock);
 
        /* Rename the trigger on this partition */
        renametrig_internal(tgrel, partitionRel, tuple, newname, expected_name);
 
        /* And if this relation is partitioned, recurse to its partitions */
        if (partitionRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
        {
            PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(partitionRel,
                                                              true);
 
            for (int i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
            {
                Oid         partoid = partdesc->oids[i];
 
                renametrig_partition(tgrel, partoid, tgform->oid, newname,
                                     NameStr(tgform->tgname));
            }
        }
        table_close(partitionRel, NoLock);
 
        /* There should be at most one matching tuple */
        break;
    }
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
}

References BTEqualStrategyNumber, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, GETSTRUCT(), HeapTupleIsValid, i, NameStr, NoLock, PartitionDescData::nparts, ObjectIdGetDatum(), PartitionDescData::oids, RelationGetPartitionDesc(), renametrig_internal(), renametrig_partition(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), table_close(), and table_open().

Referenced by renametrig(), and renametrig_partition().

◆ SetConstraintStateAddItem()

static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateAddItem	(	SetConstraintState	state,
		Oid	tgoid,
		bool	tgisdeferred
	)

static

Definition at line 5738 of file trigger.c.

{
    if (state->numstates >= state->numalloc)
    {
        int         newalloc = state->numalloc * 2;
 
        newalloc = Max(newalloc, 8);    /* in case original has size 0 */
        state = (SetConstraintState)
            repalloc(state,
                     offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
                     newalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
        state->numalloc = newalloc;
        Assert(state->numstates < state->numalloc);
    }
 
    state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgoid = tgoid;
    state->trigstates[state->numstates].sct_tgisdeferred = tgisdeferred;
    state->numstates++;
 
    return state;
}

References Assert, fb(), Max, and repalloc().

Referenced by AfterTriggerSetState().

◆ SetConstraintStateCopy()

static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCopy ( SetConstraintState origstate )

static

Definition at line 5718 of file trigger.c.

{
    SetConstraintState state;
 
    state = SetConstraintStateCreate(origstate->numstates);
 
    state->all_isset = origstate->all_isset;
    state->all_isdeferred = origstate->all_isdeferred;
    state->numstates = origstate->numstates;
    memcpy(state->trigstates, origstate->trigstates,
           origstate->numstates * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
 
    return state;
}

References fb(), and SetConstraintStateCreate().

Referenced by AfterTriggerSetState().

◆ SetConstraintStateCreate()

static SetConstraintState SetConstraintStateCreate ( int numalloc )

static

Definition at line 5693 of file trigger.c.

{
    SetConstraintState state;
 
    /* Behave sanely with numalloc == 0 */
    if (numalloc <= 0)
        numalloc = 1;
 
    /*
     * We assume that zeroing will correctly initialize the state values.
     */
    state = (SetConstraintState)
        MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
                               offsetof(SetConstraintStateData, trigstates) +
                               numalloc * sizeof(SetConstraintTriggerData));
 
    state->numalloc = numalloc;
 
    return state;
}

References fb(), MemoryContextAllocZero(), and TopTransactionContext.

Referenced by AfterTriggerSetState(), and SetConstraintStateCopy().

◆ SetTriggerFlags()

static void SetTriggerFlags	(	TriggerDesc *	trigdesc,
		Trigger *	trigger
	)

static

Definition at line 2015 of file trigger.c.

{
    int16       tgtype = trigger->tgtype;
 
    trigdesc->trig_insert_before_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    trigdesc->trig_insert_after_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    trigdesc->trig_insert_instead_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    trigdesc->trig_insert_before_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    trigdesc->trig_insert_after_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT);
    trigdesc->trig_update_before_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    trigdesc->trig_update_after_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    trigdesc->trig_update_instead_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    trigdesc->trig_update_before_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    trigdesc->trig_update_after_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE);
    trigdesc->trig_delete_before_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    trigdesc->trig_delete_after_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    trigdesc->trig_delete_instead_row |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_ROW,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_INSTEAD, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    trigdesc->trig_delete_before_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    trigdesc->trig_delete_after_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE);
    /* there are no row-level truncate triggers */
    trigdesc->trig_truncate_before_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_BEFORE, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
    trigdesc->trig_truncate_after_statement |=
        TRIGGER_TYPE_MATCHES(tgtype, TRIGGER_TYPE_STATEMENT,
                             TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER, TRIGGER_TYPE_TRUNCATE);
 
    trigdesc->trig_insert_new_table |=
        (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(tgtype) &&
         TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    trigdesc->trig_update_old_table |=
        (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
         TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
    trigdesc->trig_update_new_table |=
        (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(tgtype) &&
         TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgnewtable));
    trigdesc->trig_delete_old_table |=
        (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(tgtype) &&
         TRIGGER_USES_TRANSITION_TABLE(trigger->tgoldtable));
}

Referenced by RelationBuildTriggers().

◆ TransitionTableAddTuple()

static void TransitionTableAddTuple	(	EState *	estate,
		int	event,
		TransitionCaptureState *	transition_capture,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		TupleTableSlot *	slot,
		TupleTableSlot *	original_insert_tuple,
		Tuplestorestate *	tuplestore
	)

static

Definition at line 5588 of file trigger.c.

{
    TupleConversionMap *map;
 
    /*
     * Nothing needs to be done if we don't have a tuplestore.
     */
    if (tuplestore == NULL)
        return;
 
    if (original_insert_tuple)
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, original_insert_tuple);
    else if ((map = ExecGetChildToRootMap(relinfo)) != NULL)
    {
        AfterTriggersTableData *table;
        TupleTableSlot *storeslot;
 
        switch (event)
        {
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_insert_private;
                break;
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_update_private;
                break;
            case TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE:
                table = transition_capture->tcs_delete_private;
                break;
            default:
                elog(ERROR, "invalid after-trigger event code: %d", event);
                table = NULL;   /* keep compiler quiet */
                break;
        }
 
        storeslot = GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(table, map->outdesc);
        execute_attr_map_slot(map->attrMap, slot, storeslot);
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, storeslot);
    }
    else
        tuplestore_puttupleslot(tuplestore, slot);
}

References TupleConversionMap::attrMap, elog, ERROR, ExecGetChildToRootMap(), execute_attr_map_slot(), fb(), GetAfterTriggersStoreSlot(), TupleConversionMap::outdesc, table, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_delete_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_insert_private, TransitionCaptureState::tcs_update_private, TRIGGER_EVENT_DELETE, TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT, TRIGGER_EVENT_UPDATE, and tuplestore_puttupleslot().

Referenced by AfterTriggerSaveEvent().

◆ TriggerEnabled()

static bool TriggerEnabled	(	EState *	estate,
		ResultRelInfo *	relinfo,
		Trigger *	trigger,
		TriggerEvent	event,
		Bitmapset *	modifiedCols,
		TupleTableSlot *	oldslot,
		TupleTableSlot *	newslot
	)

static

Definition at line 3484 of file trigger.c.

{
    /* Check replication-role-dependent enable state */
    if (SessionReplicationRole == SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA)
    {
        if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN ||
            trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
            return false;
    }
    else                        /* ORIGIN or LOCAL role */
    {
        if (trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA ||
            trigger->tgenabled == TRIGGER_DISABLED)
            return false;
    }
 
    /*
     * Check for column-specific trigger (only possible for UPDATE, and in
     * fact we *must* ignore tgattr for other event types)
     */
    if (trigger->tgnattr > 0 && TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE(event))
    {
        int         i;
        bool        modified;
 
        modified = false;
        for (i = 0; i < trigger->tgnattr; i++)
        {
            if (bms_is_member(trigger->tgattr[i] - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
                              modifiedCols))
            {
                modified = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        if (!modified)
            return false;
    }
 
    /* Check for WHEN clause */
    if (trigger->tgqual)
    {
        ExprState **predicate;
        ExprContext *econtext;
        MemoryContext oldContext;
        int         i;
 
        Assert(estate != NULL);
 
        /*
         * trigger is an element of relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers[]; find the
         * matching element of relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[]
         */
        i = trigger - relinfo->ri_TrigDesc->triggers;
        predicate = &relinfo->ri_TrigWhenExprs[i];
 
        /*
         * If first time through for this WHEN expression, build expression
         * nodetrees for it.  Keep them in the per-query memory context so
         * they'll survive throughout the query.
         */
        if (*predicate == NULL)
        {
            Node       *tgqual;
 
            oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
            tgqual = stringToNode(trigger->tgqual);
            tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_OLD_VARNO);
            tgqual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(tgqual, relinfo->ri_RelationDesc, PRS2_NEW_VARNO);
            /* Change references to OLD and NEW to INNER_VAR and OUTER_VAR */
            ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, INNER_VAR, 0);
            ChangeVarNodes(tgqual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, OUTER_VAR, 0);
            /* ExecPrepareQual wants implicit-AND form */
            tgqual = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) tgqual);
            *predicate = ExecPrepareQual((List *) tgqual, estate);
            MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
        }
 
        /*
         * We will use the EState's per-tuple context for evaluating WHEN
         * expressions (creating it if it's not already there).
         */
        econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
 
        /*
         * Finally evaluate the expression, making the old and/or new tuples
         * available as INNER_VAR/OUTER_VAR respectively.
         */
        econtext->ecxt_innertuple = oldslot;
        econtext->ecxt_outertuple = newslot;
        if (!ExecQual(*predicate, econtext))
            return false;
    }
 
    return true;
}

References Assert, bms_is_member(), ChangeVarNodes(), ExprContext::ecxt_innertuple, ExprContext::ecxt_outertuple, EState::es_query_cxt, ExecPrepareQual(), ExecQual(), expand_generated_columns_in_expr(), fb(), FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, GetPerTupleExprContext, i, INNER_VAR, make_ands_implicit(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), OUTER_VAR, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_REPLICA, SessionReplicationRole, stringToNode(), TRIGGER_DISABLED, TRIGGER_FIRED_BY_UPDATE, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, and TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA.

Referenced by AfterTriggerSaveEvent(), ExecBRDeleteTriggers(), ExecBRInsertTriggers(), ExecBRUpdateTriggers(), ExecBSDeleteTriggers(), ExecBSInsertTriggers(), ExecBSTruncateTriggers(), ExecBSUpdateTriggers(), ExecIRDeleteTriggers(), ExecIRInsertTriggers(), and ExecIRUpdateTriggers().

◆ TriggerSetParentTrigger()

void TriggerSetParentTrigger	(	Relation	trigRel,
		Oid	childTrigId,
		Oid	parentTrigId,
		Oid	childTableId
	)

Definition at line 1222 of file trigger.c.

{
    SysScanDesc tgscan;
    ScanKeyData skey[1];
    Form_pg_trigger trigForm;
    HeapTuple   tuple,
                newtup;
    ObjectAddress depender;
    ObjectAddress referenced;
 
    /*
     * Find the trigger to delete.
     */
    ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
                Anum_pg_trigger_oid,
                BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
                ObjectIdGetDatum(childTrigId));
 
    tgscan = systable_beginscan(trigRel, TriggerOidIndexId, true,
                                NULL, 1, skey);
 
    tuple = systable_getnext(tgscan);
    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
        elog(ERROR, "could not find tuple for trigger %u", childTrigId);
    newtup = heap_copytuple(tuple);
    trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(newtup);
    if (OidIsValid(parentTrigId))
    {
        /* don't allow setting parent for a constraint that already has one */
        if (OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))
            elog(ERROR, "trigger %u already has a parent trigger",
                 childTrigId);
 
        trigForm->tgparentid = parentTrigId;
 
        CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
 
        ObjectAddressSet(depender, TriggerRelationId, childTrigId);
 
        ObjectAddressSet(referenced, TriggerRelationId, parentTrigId);
        recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
 
        ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, childTableId);
        recordDependencyOn(&depender, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    }
    else
    {
        trigForm->tgparentid = InvalidOid;
 
        CatalogTupleUpdate(trigRel, &tuple->t_self, newtup);
 
        deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
                                        TriggerRelationId,
                                        DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
        deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, childTrigId,
                                        RelationRelationId,
                                        DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
    }
 
    heap_freetuple(newtup);
    systable_endscan(tgscan);
}

References BTEqualStrategyNumber, CatalogTupleUpdate(), deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(), DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC, elog, ERROR, fb(), Form_pg_trigger, GETSTRUCT(), heap_copytuple(), heap_freetuple(), HeapTupleIsValid, InvalidOid, ObjectAddressSet, ObjectIdGetDatum(), OidIsValid, recordDependencyOn(), ScanKeyInit(), systable_beginscan(), systable_endscan(), systable_getnext(), and HeapTupleData::t_self.

Referenced by AttachPartitionForeignKey(), and DetachPartitionFinalize().

Variable Documentation

◆ afterTriggers

◆ MyTriggerDepth

int MyTriggerDepth = 0

static

Definition at line 68 of file trigger.c.

Referenced by ExecCallTriggerFunc(), and pg_trigger_depth().

◆ SessionReplicationRole

int SessionReplicationRole = SESSION_REPLICATION_ROLE_ORIGIN

Definition at line 65 of file trigger.c.

Referenced by assign_session_replication_role(), filter_event_trigger(), matchLocks(), and TriggerEnabled().

Data Structures

Macros

Typedefs

Functions

Variables

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_1CTID

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_2CTID

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_CP_UPDATE

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_DONE

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_FETCH

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_FDW_REUSE

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_IN_PROGRESS

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_OFFSET

◆ AFTER_TRIGGER_TUP_BITS

◆ CHUNK_DATA_START

◆ for_each_chunk

◆ for_each_chunk_from

◆ for_each_event

◆ for_each_event_chunk

◆ for_each_event_from

◆ GetTriggerSharedData

◆ MAX_CHUNK_SIZE

◆ MIN_CHUNK_SIZE

◆ SizeofTriggerEvent

Typedef Documentation

◆ AfterTriggerEvent

◆ AfterTriggerEventChunk

◆ AfterTriggerEventData

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataNoOids

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataOneCtid

◆ AfterTriggerEventDataZeroCtids

◆ AfterTriggerEventList

◆ AfterTriggersData

◆ AfterTriggerShared

◆ AfterTriggerSharedData

◆ AfterTriggersQueryData

◆ AfterTriggersTableData

◆ AfterTriggersTransData

◆ SetConstraintState

◆ SetConstraintStateData

◆ SetConstraintTrigger

◆ SetConstraintTriggerData

◆ TriggerFlags

Function Documentation

◆ afterTriggerAddEvent()

◆ AfterTriggerBeginQuery()

◆ AfterTriggerBeginSubXact()

◆ AfterTriggerBeginXact()

◆ afterTriggerCheckState()

◆ afterTriggerCopyBitmap()

◆ afterTriggerDeleteHeadEventChunk()

◆ AfterTriggerEndQuery()

◆ AfterTriggerEndSubXact()

◆ AfterTriggerEndXact()

◆ AfterTriggerEnlargeQueryState()

◆ AfterTriggerExecute()

◆ AfterTriggerFireDeferred()

◆ afterTriggerFreeEventList()

◆ AfterTriggerFreeQuery()

◆ afterTriggerInvokeEvents()

◆ afterTriggerMarkEvents()

◆ AfterTriggerPendingOnRel()

◆ afterTriggerRestoreEventList()

◆ AfterTriggerSaveEvent()

◆ AfterTriggerSetState()

◆ assign_session_replication_role()

◆ before_stmt_triggers_fired()

◆ cancel_prior_stmt_triggers()

◆ check_modified_virtual_generated()

◆ CopyTriggerDesc()

◆ CreateTrigger()

◆ CreateTriggerFiringOn()

◆ EnableDisableTrigger()

◆ ExecARDeleteTriggers()

◆ ExecARInsertTriggers()

◆ ExecARUpdateTriggers()

◆ ExecASDeleteTriggers()

◆ ExecASInsertTriggers()

◆ ExecASTruncateTriggers()